]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from emacs--rel--22
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18104 24760))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18104 24730))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18104 24730))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18104 24762))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18104 24762))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18104 24762))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18104
171 ;;;;;; 24730))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 ;;;***
301 \f
302 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
303 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
304 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18104 24745))
305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
306
307 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
308 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
309 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
310 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
311 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
312 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
313 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
314 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
315 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
316 interpreted as `error'.")
317
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
319
320 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
321 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
322 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
323 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
324 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
325 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
326 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
327 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
328
329 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
330
331 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
332 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
333
334 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
342 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
343 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
344 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
345 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
346 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
347 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
348 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
349 will be overwritten with the new one.
350 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
351 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
352 will clear the cache.
353
354 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
355
356 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
357 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
358 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
359 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
360 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
361 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
362 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
363 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
364 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
365 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
366 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
367 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
368 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
369 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
370 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
371 definition will always be cached for later usage.
372
373 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
374
375 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
376 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
377 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
378
379 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
380 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
381 BODY...)
382
383 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
384 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
385 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
386 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
387 see also `ad-add-advice'.
388 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
389 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
390 before/around/after-advices will be used.
391 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
392 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
393 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
394 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
395 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
397
398 Semantics of the various flags:
399 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
400 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
401 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
402
403 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
404 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
405
406 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
407 advised function should be compiled.
408
409 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
410 during activation until somebody enables it.
411
412 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
413 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
414 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
415 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
416
417 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
418 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
419 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
420 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
421 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
422 during preloading.
423
424 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
425
426 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
427
428 ;;;***
429 \f
430 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
431 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
432 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18104 24730))
433 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
434
435 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
436 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
437 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
438 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
439 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
440 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
441 rule's `separate' attribute).
442
443 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
444 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
445 `separate' attribute set.
446
447 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
448 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
449 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
450 on the format of these lists.
451
452 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
453
454 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
455 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
456 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
457 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
458 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
459 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
460 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
461 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
462 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
463 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
464 options.
465
466 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
467 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
468
469 Fred (123) 456-7890
470 Alice (123) 456-7890
471 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
472 Joe (123) 456-7890
473
474 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
475 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
476 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
477
478 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
479
480 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
481 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
482 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
483 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
484 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
485 align that section.
486
487 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
488
489 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
490 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
491 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
492 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
493 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
494 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
495 been used to align that section.
496
497 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
498
499 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
500 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
501 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
502 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
503 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
504 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
505 to be colored.
506
507 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
508
509 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
510 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
511
512 \(fn)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
515 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 ;;;***
520 \f
521 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
522 ;;;;;; (18104 24730))
523 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
524
525 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
526
527 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
528
529 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
530
531 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
532
533 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534
535 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
536
537 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
538
539 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
540
541 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
542
543 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
544
545 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
546
547 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
548
549 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
550
551 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
552
553 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
554
555 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
556
557 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
558 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
559 \\<allout-mode-map>
560
561 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
562 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
563
564 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
565 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
566 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
567 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
568 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
569 outline.)
570
571 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
572
573 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
574 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
575 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
576 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
577 - easy topic encryption and decryption
578 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
579 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
580 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
581
582 and many other features.
583
584 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
585 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
586 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
587 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
588 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
589
590 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
591 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
592 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
593 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
594 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
595 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
596 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
597 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
598
599 Exposure Control:
600 ----------------
601 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
602 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
603 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
604 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
605 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
606
607 Navigation:
608 ----------
609 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
610 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
611 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
612 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
613 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
614 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
615 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
616 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
617 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
618 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
619
620
621 Topic Header Production:
622 -----------------------
623 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
624 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
625 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
626
627 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
628 ---------------------------------
629 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
630 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
631 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
632 current topic
633 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
634 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
635 are alternated according to nesting depth.
636 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
637 the offspring are not affected.
638 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
639
640 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
641 ----------------------------------
642 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
643 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
644 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
645 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
646 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
647 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
648 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
649 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
650
651 Topic-oriented Encryption:
652 -------------------------
653 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
654 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
655
656 Misc commands:
657 -------------
658 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
659 and establish a default file-var setting
660 for `allout-layout'.
661 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
662 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
663 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
664 buffer with name derived from derived from that
665 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
666 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
667 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
668 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
669 format.
670 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
671 auto-activation.
672
673 Topic Encryption
674
675 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
676 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
677 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
678 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
679
680 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
681 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
682 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
683 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
684
685 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
686 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
687 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
688 pitfalls.
689
690 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
691 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
692 for details.
693
694 HOT-SPOT Operation
695
696 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
697 navigation and exposure control.
698
699 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
700 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
701 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
702 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
703 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
704
705 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
706 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
707 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
708 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
709 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
710
711 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
712 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
713 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
714 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
715 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
716 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
717 at the beginning of the current entry.
718
719 Extending Allout
720
721 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
722 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
723 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
724
725 `allout-mode-hook'
726 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
727 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
728 `allout-structure-added-hook'
729 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
730 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
731
732 Terminology
733
734 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
735
736 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
737 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
738 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
739 CURRENT ITEM:
740 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
741 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
742 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
743 called the:
744 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
745
746 ANCESTORS:
747 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
748 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
749 of the ITEM.
750 OFFSPRING:
751 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
752 SUBTOPIC:
753 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
754 CHILD:
755 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
756 SIBLINGS:
757 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
758
759 Topic text constituents:
760
761 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
762 text.
763 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
764 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
765 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
766 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
767 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
768 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
769 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
770 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
771 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
772 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
773 the PREFIX.
774
775 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
776 of the ITEM.
777 PREFIX-LEAD:
778 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
779 It can be customized by changing the setting of
780 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
781
782 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
783 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
784 program code without interfering with processing of the text
785 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
786 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
787 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
788 docstring for more detail.
789 PREFIX-PADDING:
790 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
791 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
792 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
793 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
794 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
795 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
796 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
797 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
798 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
799 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
800 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
801 more details.
802 EXPOSURE:
803 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
804 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
805 CONCEALED:
806 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
807 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
808
809 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
810 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
811 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
812
813 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
814
815 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
816
817 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
818 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
819
820 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
821 setup for auto-startup.
822
823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
824
825 ;;;***
826 \f
827 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
828 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18104 24759))
829 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
830
831 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
832
833 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
834 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
835 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
836 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
837 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
838 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
839
840 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
841
842 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
843 Not documented
844
845 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
846
847 ;;;***
848 \f
849 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
850 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18104 24760))
851 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
852
853 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
854 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
855 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
856 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
857 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
858 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
859 in the current window.
860
861 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
862
863 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
864 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
865 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
866
867 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
868
869 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
870 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
871 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
872
873 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
874
875 ;;;***
876 \f
877 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
878 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18104 24730))
879 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
880
881 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
882 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
883
884 \(fn)" t nil)
885
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
887 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
888
889 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
890 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
891 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
892 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
893
894 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
895 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
896
897 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
898
899 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
900
901 ;;;***
902 \f
903 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
904 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18104 24763))
905 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
906
907 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
908 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
909 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
910 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
911 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
912 \\[yank].
913
914 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
915 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
916 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
917 the rules.
918
919 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
920 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
921 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
922 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
923
924 \(fn)" t nil)
925
926 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
927 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
928 \\{antlr-mode-map}
929
930 \(fn)" t nil)
931
932 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
933 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
934 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
935
936 \(fn)" nil nil)
937
938 ;;;***
939 \f
940 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
941 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
942 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
943 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18104 24745))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
945
946 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
947 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
948 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
949 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
950
951 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
952
953 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
954 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
955
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
957
958 (defvar appt-audible t "\
959 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
960
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
962
963 (defvar appt-visible t "\
964 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
965 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
966
967 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
968
969 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
970 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
971 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
972
973 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
974
975 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
976 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
977 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
978
979 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
980
981 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
982 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
983 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
984
985 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
986
987 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
988 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
989 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
990
991 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
992
993 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
994 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
995 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
996
997 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
998
999 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1000 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1001
1002 \(fn)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1005 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1006 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1007 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1008 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1009 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1010 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1011
1012 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1013 function.
1014
1015 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1016 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1017
1018 \(fn)" nil nil)
1019
1020 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1021 Toggle checking of appointments.
1022 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1023 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1024
1025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1026
1027 ;;;***
1028 \f
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1030 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1031 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18104 24730))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1033
1034 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1035 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1036 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1037 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1038
1039 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1040 kind of objects to search.
1041
1042 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1043
1044 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1045 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1046 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1047 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1048 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1049 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1050
1051 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1052 normal variables.
1053
1054 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1055
1056 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1057
1058 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1059 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1060 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1061 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1062 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1063 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1064
1065 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1066 noninteractive functions.
1067
1068 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1069 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1070
1071 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1072 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1073
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1075
1076 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1077 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1078
1079 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1080
1081 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1082 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1083 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1084 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1085
1086 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1087 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1088 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1089 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1090
1091 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1092 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1093
1094 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1095
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1097
1098 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1099 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1100 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1101 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1102 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1103 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1104
1105 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1106 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1107 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1108
1109 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1110
1111 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1112 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1113 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1114 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1115 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1116 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1117
1118 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1119 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1120 bindings.
1121 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1122
1123 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1124
1125 ;;;***
1126 \f
1127 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18104
1128 ;;;;;; 24730))
1129 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1130
1131 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1132 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1133 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1134 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1135 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1136 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1137
1138 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1139 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1140 archive.
1141
1142 \\{archive-mode-map}
1143
1144 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1145
1146 ;;;***
1147 \f
1148 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18104 24730))
1149 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1150
1151 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1152 Major mode for editing arrays.
1153
1154 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1155 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1156 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1157
1158 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1159
1160 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1161 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1162 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1163
1164 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1165 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1166 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1167 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1168 The variables are:
1169
1170 Variables you assign:
1171 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1172 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1173 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1174 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1175 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1176 row numbers in the buffer.
1177
1178 Variables which are calculated:
1179 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1180 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1181
1182 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1183 take a numeric prefix argument):
1184
1185 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1186 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1187 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1188 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1189
1190 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1191 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1192 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1193 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1194
1195 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1199
1200 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1201 between that of point and mark.
1202
1203 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1204 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1205
1206 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1207 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1208 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1209 newlines inside rows)
1210
1211 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1212
1213 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1214
1215 \(fn)" t nil)
1216
1217 ;;;***
1218 \f
1219 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18104
1220 ;;;;;; 24770))
1221 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1222
1223 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1224 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1225 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1226 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1227
1228 How to quit artist mode
1229
1230 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1231
1232
1233 How to submit a bug report
1234
1235 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1236
1237
1238 Drawing with the mouse:
1239
1240 mouse-2
1241 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1242 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1243 below).
1244
1245 mouse-1
1246 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1247 or pastes:
1248
1249 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1250 --------------------------------------------------------------
1251 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1252 to new point
1253 --------------------------------------------------------------
1254 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1257 --------------------------------------------------------------
1258 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1259 --------------------------------------------------------------
1260 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1261 --------------------------------------------------------------
1262 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1263 --------------------------------------------------------------
1264 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1265 --------------------------------------------------------------
1266 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1267 --------------------------------------------------------------
1268 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1269 lines
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1274 --------------------------------------------------------------
1275 Paste Paste Paste
1276 --------------------------------------------------------------
1277 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1278 --------------------------------------------------------------
1279
1280 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1281 or diagonally.
1282
1283 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1284 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1285 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1286 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1287 poly-lines.
1288
1289 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1290 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1291 overwrite means the opposite.
1292
1293 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1294 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1295 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1296
1297 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1298
1299 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1300 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1301
1302 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1303 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1304 are currently drawing something.
1305
1306 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1307 some time to fill.
1308
1309
1310 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1311 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1312
1313
1314 Settings
1315
1316 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1317
1318 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1319
1320 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1321
1322 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1323
1324 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1325 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1326
1327 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1328
1329
1330 Drawing with keys
1331
1332 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1333 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1334 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1335 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1336 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1337 When pasting: Pastes
1338
1339 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1340
1341 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1342
1343 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1344 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1345 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1346 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1347 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1348 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1349
1350
1351 Arrows
1352
1353 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1354 of the line/poly-line
1355
1356 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1357 of the line/poly-line
1358
1359
1360 Selecting operation
1361
1362 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1363
1364 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1365 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1366 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1367 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1368 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1369 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1371 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1373 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1374 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1375 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1376 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1377 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1378 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1379 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1380 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1382 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1383 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1384
1385
1386 Variables
1387
1388 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1389 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1390
1391 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1392 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1393 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1394 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1395 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1396 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1397 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1398 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1399 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1400 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1401 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1402 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1403 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1404 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1405 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1406 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1407 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1408 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1409 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1410
1411 Hooks
1412
1413 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1414 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1415
1416
1417 Keymap summary
1418
1419 \\{artist-mode-map}
1420
1421 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1422
1423 ;;;***
1424 \f
1425 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18104
1426 ;;;;;; 24763))
1427 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1428
1429 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1430 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1431 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1432
1433 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1434 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1435 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1436 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1437
1438 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1439 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1440
1441 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1442 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1443
1444 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1445
1446 Special commands:
1447 \\{asm-mode-map}
1448
1449 \(fn)" t nil)
1450
1451 ;;;***
1452 \f
1453 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1454 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1455 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1456
1457 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1458 Obsolete.")
1459
1460 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" t)
1461
1462 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1463 This command is obsolete.
1464
1465 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1466
1467 ;;;***
1468 \f
1469 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1470 ;;;;;; (18104 24730))
1471 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1472
1473 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1474 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1475 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1476
1477 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1478
1479 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1480 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1481 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1482 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1483 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1484 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1485 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1486 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1487 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1488 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1489
1490 For example:
1491 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1492 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1493 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1494 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1495 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1496
1497 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1498
1499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1500
1501 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1502 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1503 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1504 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1505 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1506 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1507
1508 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1509
1510 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1512 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1513 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1514 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1515 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1516
1517 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1518
1519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1520
1521 ;;;***
1522 \f
1523 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1524 ;;;;;; (18104 24763))
1525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1526
1527 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1528 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1529
1530 \(fn)" t nil)
1531
1532 ;;;***
1533 \f
1534 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1535 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18104 24730))
1536 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1537
1538 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1539 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1540 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1541
1542 \(fn)" t nil)
1543
1544 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1545 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1546 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1547 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1548
1549 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1550
1551 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1552 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1553 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1554 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1555 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1556 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1557
1558 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1559
1560 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1561 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1562 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1563 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1564
1565 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1566 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1567
1568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1569
1570 ;;;***
1571 \f
1572 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1573 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1574 ;;;;;; (18104 24745))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1576
1577 (put (quote generated-autoload-file) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
1578
1579 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1580 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1581 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1582 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1583 save the buffer too.
1584
1585 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1586
1587 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1588
1589 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1590 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1591 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1592 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1593 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1594 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1595
1596 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1597 directory or directories specified.
1598
1599 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1600
1601 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1602 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1603 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1604
1605 \(fn)" nil nil)
1606
1607 ;;;***
1608 \f
1609 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1610 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1611 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18104 24730))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1613
1614 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1615 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1616
1617 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1618 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1619 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1620 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1621 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1622
1623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1624
1625 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1626 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1627
1628 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1629 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1630
1631 \(fn)" nil nil)
1632
1633 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1634 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1635 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1636
1637 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1638 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1639 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1640 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1641 reflected in the current buffer.
1642
1643 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1644 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1645 writing before you save the file!
1646
1647 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1648
1649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1650
1651 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1652 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1653
1654 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1655 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1656
1657 \(fn)" nil nil)
1658
1659 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1660 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1661 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1664 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1665
1666 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1667
1668 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1669 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1670
1671 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1672 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1673 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1674
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676
1677 ;;;***
1678 \f
1679 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1680 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18104 24730))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1682
1683 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1684 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1685 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1686 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1687 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1688
1689 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1690
1691 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1692 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1693 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1694 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1695
1696 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1697 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1698 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1699
1700 Effects of the different modes:
1701 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1702 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1703 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1704 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1705 a random distance & direction.
1706 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1707 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1708 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1709
1710 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1711
1712 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1713 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1714 definition of \"random distance\".)
1715
1716 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1717
1718 ;;;***
1719 \f
1720 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1721 ;;;;;; (18104 24745))
1722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1723
1724 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1725 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1726
1727 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1728 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1729
1730 For example:
1731
1732 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1733 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1734 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1735 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1736
1737 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1738
1739 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1740
1741 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1742
1743 ;;;***
1744 \f
1745 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1746 ;;;;;; (18104 24730))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1748 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1749
1750 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1751 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1752 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1753 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1754
1755 \(fn)" t nil)
1756
1757 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1758 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1759 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1761 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1762 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1763
1764 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1765
1766 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1767 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1768 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1769 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1770 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1771 seconds.
1772
1773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1774
1775 ;;;***
1776 \f
1777 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1778 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18104 24745))
1779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1780
1781 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1782 Time execution of FORMS.
1783 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1784 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1785 FORMS once.
1786 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1787 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1788 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1789
1790 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1791
1792 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1793 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1794 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1795 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1796 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1797
1798 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1799
1800 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1801 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1802 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1803 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1804 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1805
1806 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1807
1808 ;;;***
1809 \f
1810 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18104
1811 ;;;;;; 24770))
1812 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1813
1814 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1815 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1816
1817 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1818
1819 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1820 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1821 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1822 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1823
1824 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1825 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1826 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1827 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1828 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1829
1830 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1831 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1832
1833
1834 Special information:
1835
1836 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1837
1838 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1839 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1840 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1841 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1842 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1843 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1844 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1845 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1846 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1847 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1848 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1849
1850 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1851 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1852 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1853 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1854 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1855 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1856 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1857 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1858
1859 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1860
1861 ----------------------------------------------------------
1862 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1863 if that value is non-nil.
1864
1865 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1866
1867 \(fn)" t nil)
1868
1869 ;;;***
1870 \f
1871 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1872 ;;;;;; (18104 24770))
1873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1874 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1875
1876 (autoload (quote bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "\
1877 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1878
1879 \(fn)" t nil)
1880
1881 ;;;***
1882 \f
1883 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1884 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1885 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
1886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1887
1888 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1889
1890 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1891 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1892 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1893
1894 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1895
1896 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1897 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1898
1899 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1900
1901 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1902 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1903
1904 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1905
1906 ;;;***
1907 \f
1908 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18104
1909 ;;;;;; 24760))
1910 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1911
1912 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1913 Play blackbox.
1914 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1915
1916 What is blackbox?
1917
1918 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1919 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1920 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1921 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1922 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1923 your score.
1924
1925 Overview of play:
1926
1927 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1928 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1929 four.
1930
1931 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1932 movement keys.
1933
1934 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1935 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1936
1937 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1938 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1939
1940 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1941 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1942 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1943 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1944 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1945 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1946
1947 Details:
1948
1949 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1950
1951 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1952 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1953 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1954 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1955
1956 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1957 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1958 denoted by the letter `R'.
1959
1960 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1961 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1962 denoted by the letter `H'.
1963
1964 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1965 example.
1966
1967 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1968 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1969 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1970 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1971 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1972 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1973 ray.
1974
1975 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1976 degree deflection it causes.
1977
1978 1
1979 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1980 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1981 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1982 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1983 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1986 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1987 2 3
1988
1989 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1990 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1991
1992
1993 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1994 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1995 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1996 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1997 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1998 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1999 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2001
2002 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2003 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2004 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2005 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2006 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2007 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2008 emerging from the box.
2009
2010 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2011
2012 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2013 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2014 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2015 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2016 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2017 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2018 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2019 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2020
2021 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2022 a reflection.
2023
2024 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2025
2026 ;;;***
2027 \f
2028 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2029 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2030 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump-other-window
2031 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18104
2032 ;;;;;; 24730))
2033 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2034 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2035 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2036 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2037
2038 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2039 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2040 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2041 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2042 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2043 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2044 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2045 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ;"m"ark
2047 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2048 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ;"g"o
2049 (define-key bookmark-map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window)
2050 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2051 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2052 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ;"f"ind
2053 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2054 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2055 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2056 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2057 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2058
2059 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2060 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2061 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2062 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2063 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2064 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2065 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2066 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2067 recent one.
2068
2069 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2070 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2071 yank successive words.
2072
2073 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2074 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2075 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2076 name of the file being visited.
2077
2078 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2079 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2080 the list of bookmarks.)
2081
2082 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2083
2084 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2085 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2086 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2087 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2088 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2089 this.
2090
2091 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2092 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2093 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2094 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2095
2096 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2097
2098 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump-other-window) "bookmark" "\
2099 Jump to BOOKMARK (a point in some file) in another window.
2100 See `bookmark-jump'.
2101
2102 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2103
2104 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2105 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2106 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2107 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2108 after a bookmark was set in it.
2109
2110 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2111
2112 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2113 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2114 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2115 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2116
2117 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2118
2119 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2120
2121 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2122 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2123 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2124 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2125
2126 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2127 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2128 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2129
2130 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2131 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2132 name.
2133
2134 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2135
2136 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2137 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2138 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2139 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2140 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2141 this.
2142
2143 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2146 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2147 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2148 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2149 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2150 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2151 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2152 probably because we were called from there.
2153
2154 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2155
2156 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2157 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2158 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2159
2160 \(fn)" t nil)
2161
2162 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2163 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2164 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2165 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2166 \(second argument).
2167
2168 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2169 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2170 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2171 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2172 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2173
2174 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2175 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2176 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2177 `bookmark-default-file'.
2178
2179 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2180
2181 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2182 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2183 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2184 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2185 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2186 while loading.
2187
2188 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2189 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2190 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2191 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2192 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2193 explicitly.
2194
2195 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2196 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2197 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2198 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2199
2200 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2203 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2204 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2205 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2206 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2207
2208 \(fn)" t nil)
2209
2210 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2211
2212 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2213
2214 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2215
2216 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2217
2218 ;;;***
2219 \f
2220 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2221 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2222 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2223 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2224 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2225 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2226 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2227 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2228 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2229 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (18104 24759))
2230 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2231
2232 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2233 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2234 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2235 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2236
2237 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2238 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2239 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2240 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2241 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2242
2243 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2244
2245 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2246 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2247
2248 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2249
2250 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2251 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2252
2253 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2254
2255 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2256 Not documented
2257
2258 \(fn)" nil nil)
2259
2260 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2261 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2262 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2263 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2264 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2265 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2266
2267 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2268
2269 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2270 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2271 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2272 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2273 narrowed.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2278 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2279
2280 \(fn)" t nil)
2281
2282 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2283 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2284
2285 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2286
2287 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2288 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2289 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2290 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2291
2292 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2293
2294 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2295 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2296 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2297 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2298
2299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2300
2301 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2302 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2303 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2304 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2305 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2306 to use.
2307
2308 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2309
2310 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2311 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2312 Default to the URL around or before point.
2313
2314 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2315 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2316 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2317 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2318
2319 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2320 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2321
2322 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2323 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2324 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2325
2326 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2327
2328 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2329 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2330 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2331 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2332
2333 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2334 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2335 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2336 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2337
2338 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2339 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2340 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2341
2342 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2343 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344
2345 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2346
2347 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2348 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2349 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2350 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2351
2352 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2353 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2354 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2355 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2356
2357 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2358 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2359 new tab in an existing window instead.
2360
2361 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2362 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2363
2364 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2365
2366 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2367 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2368 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2369 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2370 Firefox.
2371
2372 When called interactively, if variable
2373 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2374 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2375 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2376 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2377
2378 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2379 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2380 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2381
2382 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2383 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2384
2385 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2386 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2387 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2388 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2389 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2390 URL in a new window.
2391
2392 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2393
2394 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2395 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2396 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2397 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2398
2399 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2400 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2401 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2402 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403
2404 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2405 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2406 new tab in an existing window instead.
2407
2408 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2415 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2416 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2417
2418 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2419 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2420 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2421 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2422
2423 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2424 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425
2426 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2427
2428 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2430
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2432 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2433 program is invoked according to the variable
2434 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2435
2436 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2437 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2438 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2439 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2440
2441 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2442 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2443
2444 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2445
2446 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2447 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2448 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2449 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2450
2451 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2452
2453 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2454 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2455 Default to the URL around or before point.
2456
2457 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2458 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2459 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2460
2461 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2462 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2463 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2464 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2465
2466 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2467 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2468
2469 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470
2471 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2472 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2473 Default to the URL around or before point.
2474
2475 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2476
2477 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2478 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2479 Default to the URL around or before point.
2480
2481 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2482 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2483 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2486 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487
2488 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489
2490 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2491 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2492 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2493 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2494
2495 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2496
2497 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2499 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2500 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2501 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2502
2503 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2504
2505 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2506 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2507 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2508 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2509
2510 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2511 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2512 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2513 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514
2515 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2516 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517
2518 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2519
2520 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2521 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2522 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2527 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2528 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2529 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2530 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2531 current one.
2532
2533 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2534 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2535 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2536 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2537
2538 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2539 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2542
2543 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2544 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2545 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2546 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2547 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2548 don't offer a form of remote control.
2549
2550 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551
2552 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2553 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2554 Default to the URL around or before point.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 ;;;***
2559 \f
2560 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18104
2561 ;;;;;; 24760))
2562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2563
2564 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2565 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2566
2567 \(fn)" t nil)
2568
2569 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2570 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2571
2572 \(fn)" nil nil)
2573
2574 ;;;***
2575 \f
2576 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2577 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18104 24730))
2578 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2579
2580 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2581 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2582 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2583 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2584
2585 \(fn)" t nil)
2586
2587 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2588 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2589 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2590 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2591
2592 \(fn)" t nil)
2593
2594 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2595 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2596
2597 \(fn)" t nil)
2598
2599 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2600 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2601 \\<bs-mode-map>
2602 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2603 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2604 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2605 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2606
2607 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2608 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2609 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2610 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2611 name of buffer configuration.
2612
2613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2614
2615 ;;;***
2616 \f
2617 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2618 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18104
2619 ;;;;;; 24730))
2620 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2621
2622 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2623 Keymap used by buttons.")
2624
2625 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2626 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2627 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2628
2629 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2630 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2631 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2632 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2633 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2634 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2635
2636 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2637 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2638 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2639 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2640
2641 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2642
2643 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2644 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2645 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2646 specifying properties to add to the button.
2647 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2648 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2649 `define-button-type'.
2650
2651 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2652
2653 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2654
2655 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2656 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2657 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2658 specifying properties to add to the button.
2659 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2660 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2661 `define-button-type'.
2662
2663 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2664
2665 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2666
2667 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2668 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2669 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2670 specifying properties to add to the button.
2671 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2672 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2673 `define-button-type'.
2674
2675 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2676 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2677 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2678 `make-text-button'.
2679
2680 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2681
2682 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2683
2684 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2685 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2686 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2687 specifying properties to add to the button.
2688 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2689 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2690 `define-button-type'.
2691
2692 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2693 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2694 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2695 `insert-text-button'.
2696
2697 Also see `make-text-button'.
2698
2699 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2700
2701 ;;;***
2702 \f
2703 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2704 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2705 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2706 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2707 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (18104 24746))
2708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2709 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2710 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2711 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2712
2713 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2714 Not documented
2715
2716 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2717
2718 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2719 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2720 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2721
2722 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2723
2724 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2725 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2726 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2727 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2728
2729 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2730 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2731 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2732 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2733 whether to compile it.
2734
2735 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2736
2737 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2738 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2739
2740 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2741 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2742
2743 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2744 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2745 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2746 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2747 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2748 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2749
2750 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2751
2752 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2753 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2754 Print the result in the echo area.
2755 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2756
2757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2758
2759 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2760 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2761 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2762
2763 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2764
2765 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2766 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2767 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2768 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2769 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2770 all functions called by those functions.
2771
2772 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2773 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2774 cons, etc.).
2775
2776 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2777 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2778 invoked interactively.
2779
2780 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2781
2782 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2783 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2784 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2785 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2786
2787 \(fn)" nil nil)
2788
2789 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2790 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2791 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2792 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2793 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2794 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2795 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2796 already up-to-date.
2797
2798 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2799
2800 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2801 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2802 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2803 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2804
2805 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2806 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2807 and corresponding effects.
2808
2809 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2810
2811 ;;;***
2812 \f
2813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18104 24745))
2814 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2815
2816 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2817
2818 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2819
2820 ;;;***
2821 \f
2822 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2823 ;;;;;; (18104 24745))
2824 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2825
2826 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2827 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2828 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2829 from the cursor position.
2830
2831 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2832
2833 ;;;***
2834 \f
2835 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2836 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2837 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2838 ;;;;;; (18104 24745))
2839 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2840
2841 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2842 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2843
2844 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2845 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2846
2847 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2848 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2849
2850 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2851
2852 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2853 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2854
2855 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2856
2857 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2858 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2859
2860 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2861
2862 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2863 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2864
2865 \(fn)" t nil)
2866
2867 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2868 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2869 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2870 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2871
2872 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2873
2874 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2875 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2876 This is most useful in the X window system.
2877 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2878 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2879
2880 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2881
2882 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2884 See calc-keypad for details.
2885
2886 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2887
2888 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2889 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2890
2891 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2894 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2895
2896 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2899 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2900
2901 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2902
2903 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2904 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2905 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2906
2907 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2908
2909 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2910 Not documented
2911
2912 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2913
2914 ;;;***
2915 \f
2916 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18104
2917 ;;;;;; 24730))
2918 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2919
2920 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2921 Run the Emacs calculator.
2922 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2923
2924 \(fn)" t nil)
2925
2926 ;;;***
2927 \f
2928 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2929 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2930 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2931 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2932 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2933 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2934 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2935 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2936 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2937 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2938 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2939 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2940 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2941 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2942 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2943 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2944 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2945 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18104 24745))
2946 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2947
2948 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2949 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2950 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2951 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2952 the screen.")
2953
2954 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2955
2956 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2957 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2958 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2959 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2960 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2961 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2962
2963 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2964
2965 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2966 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2967 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2968
2969 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2970
2971 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2972 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2973 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2974
2975 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2976
2977 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2978 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2979 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2980 displayed.")
2981
2982 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2983
2984 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2985 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2986 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2987
2988 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2989
2990 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2991 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2992 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2993
2994 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2995
2996 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2997
2998 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2999 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
3000 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3001
3002 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
3003 calendar.")
3004
3005 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3006
3007 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
3008 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
3009 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
3010
3011 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
3012 calendar.")
3013
3014 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3015
3016 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3017 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3018 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3019
3020 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3021 calendar.")
3022
3023 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3024
3025 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3026 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3027 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3028
3029 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3030
3031 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3032 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3033 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3034 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3035 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3036
3037 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3038
3039 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3040 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3041 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3042 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3043 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3044 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3045 a function is also provided for this:
3046 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3047
3048 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3049 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3050 date is not visible in the window.
3051
3052 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3053 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3054 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3055
3056 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3057
3058 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3059 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3060
3061 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3062 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3063 date is visible in the window.
3064
3065 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3066 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3067 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3068
3069 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3070
3071 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3072 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3073
3074 For example,
3075
3076 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3077
3078 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3079
3080 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3081
3082 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3083 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3084
3085 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3086 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3087
3088 MONTH/DAY
3089 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3090 MONTHNAME DAY
3091 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3092 DAYNAME
3093
3094 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3095 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3096 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3097 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3098 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3099 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3100 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3101 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3102 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3103 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3104 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3105 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3106 in every week.
3107
3108 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3109 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3110 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3111 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3112
3113 DAY/MONTH
3114 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3115 DAY MONTHNAME
3116 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3117 DAYNAME
3118
3119 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3120 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3121
3122 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3123 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3124 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3125 window but will appear in a diary window.
3126
3127 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3128 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3129
3130 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3131 entries (in the default American style):
3132
3133 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3134 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3135 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3136 21: Payday
3137 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3138 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3139 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3140 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3141 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3142 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3143 &* 15 time cards due.
3144
3145 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3146 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3147 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3148 single diary entry
3149
3150 02/11/1989
3151 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3152 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3153 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3154 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3155 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3156 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3157
3158 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3159 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3160 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3161
3162 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3163
3164 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3165
3166 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3167 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3168 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3169 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3170 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3171 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3172 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3173 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3174 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3175 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3176 details.
3177
3178 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3179 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3180 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3181 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3182 documentation for these functions for details.
3183
3184 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3185 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3186
3187 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3188
3189 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3190 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3191
3192 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3193
3194 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3195 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3196
3197 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3198
3199 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3200 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3201
3202 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3203
3204 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3205 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3206
3207 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3208
3209 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3210 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3211 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3212
3213 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3214
3215 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3216 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3217 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3218
3219 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3220
3221 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3222 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3223 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3224 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3225 full.")
3226
3227 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3228
3229 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3230 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3231 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3232 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3233 are
3234
3235 DAY/MONTH
3236 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3237 DAY MONTHNAME
3238 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3239 DAYNAME
3240
3241 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3242 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3243 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3244
3245 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3246 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3247 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3248 `american-calendar'.")
3249
3250 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3251
3252 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3253 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3254 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3255
3256 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3257
3258 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3259 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3260 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3261
3262 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3263
3264 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3265 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3266 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3267
3268 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3269
3270 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3271 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3272 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3273
3274 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3275
3276 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3277 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3278 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3279 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3280 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3281 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3282
3283 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3284
3285 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3286 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3287 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3288
3289 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3290 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3291 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3292 of the form
3293
3294 #include \"filename\"
3295
3296 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3297 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3298 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3299 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3300 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3301
3302 For example, you could use
3303
3304 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3305 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3306 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3307
3308 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3309 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3310 lexicographic order.")
3311
3312 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3313
3314 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3315 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3316 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3317
3318 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3319
3320 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3321 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3322 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3323 diary display.
3324
3325 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3326 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3327 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3328 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3329 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3330 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3331 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3332
3333 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3334 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3335 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3336 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3337 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3338 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3339 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3340 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3341
3342 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3343
3344 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3345 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3346 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3347 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3348 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3349 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3350 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3351
3352 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3353
3354 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3355 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3356
3357 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3358 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3359 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3360 of the form
3361 #include \"filename\"
3362 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3363 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3364 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3365 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3366 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3367
3368 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3369
3370 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3371 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3372 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3373 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3374 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3375 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3376 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3377
3378 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3379
3380 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3381 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3382 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3383 are holidays.")
3384
3385 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3386
3387 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3388 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3389 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3390 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3391 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3392
3393 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3394
3395 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3396
3397 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3398 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3399 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3400
3401 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3402
3403 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3404
3405 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3406 Oriental holidays.
3407 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3408
3409 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3410
3411 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3412
3413 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3414 Local holidays.
3415 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3416
3417 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3418
3419 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3420
3421 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3422 User defined holidays.
3423 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3424
3425 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3426
3427 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3428
3429 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3430
3431 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3432
3433 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3434
3435 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3436
3437 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3438
3439 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3440
3441 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3442
3443 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3444
3445 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3446 Jewish holidays.
3447 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448
3449 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3450
3451 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3452
3453 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3454 Christian holidays.
3455 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3456
3457 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3458
3459 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3460
3461 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3462 Islamic holidays.
3463 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3464
3465 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3466
3467 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3468
3469 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3470 Baha'i holidays.
3471 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3472
3473 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3474
3475 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3476
3477 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3478 Sun-related holidays.
3479 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3480
3481 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3482
3483 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3484
3485 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3486 The frame setup of the calendar.
3487 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3488 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3489 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3490 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3491 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3492
3493 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3494
3495 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3496 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3497 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3498
3499 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3500 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3501
3502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3503
3504 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3505 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3506 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3507
3508 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3509 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3510 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3511 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3512
3513 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3514
3515 ;;;***
3516 \f
3517 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3518 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18104 24750))
3519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3520
3521 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3522 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3523
3524 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3525
3526 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3527 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3528 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3529 it fails.
3530
3531 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3532
3533 ;;;***
3534 \f
3535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18104
3536 ;;;;;; 24763))
3537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3538 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3539
3540 ;;;***
3541 \f
3542 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3543 ;;;;;; (18104 24763))
3544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3545
3546 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3547 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3548
3549 \(fn)" nil nil)
3550
3551 ;;;***
3552 \f
3553 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3554 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3555 ;;;;;; (18104 24763))
3556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3557
3558 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3559 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3560 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3561 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3562 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3563 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3564 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3565
3566 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3567
3568 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3569 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3570 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3571 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3572 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3573 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3574 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3575 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3576
3577 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3578 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3579 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3580 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3581 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3582 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3583
3584 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3585
3586 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3587 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3588
3589 Key bindings:
3590 \\{c-mode-map}
3591
3592 \(fn)" t nil)
3593
3594 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3595 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3596
3597 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3598 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3599 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3600 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3601 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3602 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3603 message.
3604
3605 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3606
3607 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3608 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3609
3610 Key bindings:
3611 \\{c++-mode-map}
3612
3613 \(fn)" t nil)
3614
3615 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3616 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3617 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3618
3619 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3620 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3621 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3622 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3623 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3624 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3625 message.
3626
3627 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3628
3629 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3630 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3631
3632 Key bindings:
3633 \\{objc-mode-map}
3634
3635 \(fn)" t nil)
3636
3637 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3638 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3639 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3640
3641 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3642 Major mode for editing Java code.
3643 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3644 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3645 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3646 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3647 message.
3648
3649 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3650
3651 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3652 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3653
3654 Key bindings:
3655 \\{java-mode-map}
3656
3657 \(fn)" t nil)
3658
3659 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3660 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3661 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3662
3663 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3664 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3665 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3666 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3667 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3668 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3669 message.
3670
3671 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3672
3673 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3674 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3675
3676 Key bindings:
3677 \\{idl-mode-map}
3678
3679 \(fn)" t nil)
3680
3681 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3682 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3683 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3684 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3685
3686 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3687 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3688 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3689 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3690 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3691 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3692 message.
3693
3694 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3695
3696 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3697 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3698
3699 Key bindings:
3700 \\{pike-mode-map}
3701
3702 \(fn)" t nil)
3703 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3704 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3705 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3706 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3707 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3708 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3709
3710 ;;;***
3711 \f
3712 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3713 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18104 24764))
3714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3715
3716 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3717 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3718 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3719 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3720
3721 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3722
3723 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3724 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3725 might get set too.
3726
3727 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3728 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3729 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3730 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3731 way.
3732
3733 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3734 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3735 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3736 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3737 a null operation.
3738
3739 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3742 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3743 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3744 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3745
3746 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3747
3748 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3749 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3750 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3751
3752 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3753
3754 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3755 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3756 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3757 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3758 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3759
3760 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3761
3762 ;;;***
3763 \f
3764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18104
3765 ;;;;;; 24764))
3766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3767 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3768
3769 ;;;***
3770 \f
3771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18104 24764))
3772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3773 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3774 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3775 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3776
3777 ;;;***
3778 \f
3779 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3780 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3781 ;;;;;; (18104 24756))
3782 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3783
3784 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3785 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3786
3787 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3788
3789 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3790 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3791
3792 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3793
3794 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3795 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3796
3797 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3798 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3799 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3800 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3801 execution.
3802
3803 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3804
3805 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3806
3807 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3808 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3809
3810 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3811 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3812 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3813 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3814
3815 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3816 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3817 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3818 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3819 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3820 `write' commands.
3821
3822 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3823 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3824 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3825 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3826
3827 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3828 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3829 semantics.
3830
3831 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3832
3833 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3834
3835 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3836
3837 STATEMENT :=
3838 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3839 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3840
3841 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3842 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3843 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3844 | integer
3845
3846 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3847
3848 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3849 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3850 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3851
3852 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3853 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3854 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3855
3856 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3857 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3858
3859 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3860 BREAK := (break)
3861
3862 REPEAT :=
3863 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3864 (repeat)
3865 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3866 ;; (repeat))
3867 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3868 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3869 ;; (read REG)
3870 ;; (repeat))
3871 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3872 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3873 ;; (read REG)
3874 ;; (repeat))
3875 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3876
3877 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3878 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3879 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3880 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3881 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3882 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3883 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3884 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3885 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3886 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3887 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3888 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3889 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3890 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3891 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3892 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3893
3894 WRITE :=
3895 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3896 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3897 ;; representation.
3898 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3899 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3900 ;; (write r7))
3901 | (write EXPRESSION)
3902 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3903 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3904 ;; representation.
3905 | (write integer)
3906 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3907 ;; buffer.
3908 | (write string)
3909 ;; Same as: (write string)
3910 | string
3911 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3912 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3913 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3914 ;; representation.
3915 | (write REG ARRAY)
3916 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3917 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3918 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3919 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3920 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3921 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3922
3923 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3924 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3925
3926 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3927 END := (end)
3928
3929 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3930 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3931 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3932
3933 ARG := REG | integer
3934
3935 OPERATOR :=
3936 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3937 + | - | * | / | %
3938
3939 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3940 | & | `|' | ^
3941
3942 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3943 | << | >>
3944
3945 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3946 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3947 | <8
3948
3949 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3950 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3951 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3952 | >8
3953
3954 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3955 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3956 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3957 | //
3958
3959 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3960 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3961
3962 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3963 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3964 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3965 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3966 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3967 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3968 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3969 | de-sjis
3970
3971 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3972 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3973 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3974 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3975 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3976 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3977 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3978 ;; byte of SJIS.
3979 | en-sjis
3980
3981 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3982 ;; Same meaning as C code
3983 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3984
3985 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3986 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3987 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3988 | <8=
3989
3990 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3991 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3992 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3993
3994 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3995 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3996 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3997 | //=
3998
3999 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4000
4001
4002 TRANSLATE :=
4003 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4004 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4005 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4006 LOOKUP :=
4007 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
4008 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4009 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
4010 MAP :=
4011 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4012 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4013 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4014 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4015 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4016 MAP-ID := integer
4017
4018 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4019
4020 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
4021 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4022 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4023 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4024 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4025 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4026
4027 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4028
4029 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4030 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4031 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4032
4033 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4034
4035 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4036
4037 ;;;***
4038 \f
4039 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4040 ;;;;;; (18104 24764))
4041 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4042
4043 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4044 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4045 There are no special keybindings by default.
4046
4047 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4048 to the action header.
4049
4050 \(fn)" t nil)
4051
4052 ;;;***
4053 \f
4054 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4055 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4056 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4057 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4058 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4059 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4060 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4061 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4062 ;;;;;; (18104 24746))
4063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4064
4065 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4066 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4067 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4068 the users will view as each check is completed.
4069
4070 \(fn)" t nil)
4071
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4074 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4075 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4076 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4077 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4078 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4079 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4080
4081 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4082
4083 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4084 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4085 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4086 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4087 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4088 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4089 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4090 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4091
4092 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4093
4094 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4095 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4096 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4097 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4098 spacing are all verified.
4099
4100 \(fn)" t nil)
4101
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4104 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4105 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4106 otherwise stop after the first error.
4107
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4109
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4112 Only documentation strings are checked.
4113 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4114 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4115 a separate buffer.
4116
4117 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4118
4119 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4120 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4121 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4122 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4123 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4124
4125 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4126
4127 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4128 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4129 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4130 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4131 if there is one.
4132
4133 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4134
4135 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4136 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4137 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4138 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4139 if there is one.
4140 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4141
4142 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4143
4144 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4145 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4146 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4147
4148 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4149
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4152 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4153 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4154 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4155
4156 \(fn)" t nil)
4157
4158 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4159 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4160 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4161 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4162 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4163 space at the end of each line.
4164
4165 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4166
4167 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4168 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4169 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4170 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4171
4172 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4173
4174 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4175 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4176 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4177 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4178
4179 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4180
4181 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4182 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4183 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4184 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4185
4186 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4187
4188 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4189 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4190 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4191 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4192
4193 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4194
4195 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4196 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4197 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4198 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4199
4200 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4201
4202 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4203 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4204 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4205 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4206
4207 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4208
4209 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4210 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4211 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4212 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4213
4214 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4215
4216 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4217 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4218 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4219 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4220
4221 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4222
4223 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4224 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4225 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4226 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4227
4228 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4229
4230 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4231 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4232 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4233
4234 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4235 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4236 checking of documentation strings.
4237
4238 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4239
4240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4241
4242 ;;;***
4243 \f
4244 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4245 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (18104
4246 ;;;;;; 24757))
4247 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4248
4249 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4250 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4251 Return the length of resulting text.
4252
4253 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4254
4255 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4256 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4257
4258 \(fn)" t nil)
4259
4260 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4261 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4262 Return the length of resulting text.
4263
4264 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4265
4266 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4267 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4268
4269 \(fn)" t nil)
4270
4271 ;;;***
4272 \f
4273 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4274 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18104 24730))
4275 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4276
4277 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4278 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4279 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4280 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4281 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4282 editing and the result is evaluated.
4283
4284 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4285
4286 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4287 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4288 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4289 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4290 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4291
4292 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4293
4294 \(fn)" t nil)
4295
4296 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4297 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4298 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4299 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4300 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4301
4302 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4303 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4304 \\{command-history-map}
4305
4306 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4307 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4308
4309 \(fn)" t nil)
4310
4311 ;;;***
4312 \f
4313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18104 24747))
4314 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4315
4316 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4317 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4318 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4319 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4320 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4321 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4322
4323 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4324 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4325
4326 ;;;***
4327 \f
4328 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4329 ;;;;;; (18104 24746))
4330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4331
4332 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4333 Not documented
4334
4335 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4336
4337 ;;;***
4338 \f
4339 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4340 ;;;;;; (18104 24764))
4341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4342
4343 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4344 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4345 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4346 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4347
4348 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4349 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4350 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4351 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4352
4353 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4354 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4355
4356 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4357
4358 ;;;***
4359 \f
4360 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18104
4361 ;;;;;; 24730))
4362 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4363
4364 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4365 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4366 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4367 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4368 of `scheme-program-name').
4369 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4370 it is given as initial input.
4371 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4372 discards input when it starts up.
4373 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4374 is run).
4375 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4376
4377 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4378 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4379
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4383 ;;;;;; (18104 24756))
4384 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4385
4386 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4387 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4388 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4389 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4390 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4391 ?* is used.
4392 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4393
4394 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4416 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4417 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4418 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4419 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4420 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4421 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4422 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4423 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4424 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4425 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4426 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4427 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4428 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4429 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4430 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4431 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4432 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4433 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4434 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4435 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4436 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4437 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4438 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4439
4440 ;;;***
4441 \f
4442 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4443 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4444 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (18104 24756))
4445 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4446
4447 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4448 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4449 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4450 ASCII table.
4451
4452 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4453 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4454 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4455 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4456
4457 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4458
4459 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4460 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4461 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4462
4463 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4464
4465 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4466 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4467 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4468
4469 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4470
4471 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4472 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4473 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4474
4475 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4476
4477 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4478 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4479
4480 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4481 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4482 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4483
4484 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4485 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4486
4487 \(fn)" nil nil)
4488
4489 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4490 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4491
4492 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4493 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4494 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4495
4496 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4497
4498 ;;;***
4499 \f
4500 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4501 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4502 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4503 ;;;;;; (18104 24730))
4504 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4505
4506 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4507 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4508 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4509 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4510 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4511 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4512 functions have already modified the buffer.
4513
4514 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4515
4516 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4517 either globally or locally.")
4518
4519 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4520
4521 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4522 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4523 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4524 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4525 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4526 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4527 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4528 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4529
4530 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4531
4532 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4533
4534 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4535 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4536 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4537 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4538 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4539 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4540 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4541 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4542
4543 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4544
4545 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4546
4547 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4548 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4549 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4550 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4551 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4552 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4553
4554 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4555
4556 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4557 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4558 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4559 directory tracking functions.")
4560
4561 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4562 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4563 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4564
4565 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4566
4567 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4568
4569 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4570 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4571 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4572
4573 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4574
4575 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4576
4577 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4578 Send COMMAND to current process.
4579 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4580 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4581
4582 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4583
4584 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4585 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4586 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4587 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4588
4589 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4590
4591 ;;;***
4592 \f
4593 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18104
4594 ;;;;;; 24730))
4595 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4596
4597 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4598 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4599 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4600 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4601
4602 This command pushes the mark in each window
4603 at the prior location of point in that window.
4604 If both windows display the same buffer,
4605 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4606 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4607
4608 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4609 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4610 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4611 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4612 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4613 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4614 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4615 ignored.
4616
4617 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4618 this command work in interlaced mode:
4619 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4620 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4621 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4622
4623 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4624
4625 ;;;***
4626 \f
4627 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4628 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4629 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4630 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4631 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18104 24764))
4632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4633
4634 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4635 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4636
4637 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4638
4639 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4640 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4641
4642 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4643
4644 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4645 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4646 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4647 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4648 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4649 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4650 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4651
4652 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4653 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4654 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4655 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4656 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4657
4658 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4659 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4660 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4661 describing how the process finished.")
4662
4663 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4664 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4665 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4666 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4667 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4668
4669 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4670 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4671 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4672
4673 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4674
4675 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4676 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4677 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4678 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4679
4680 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4681
4682 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4683 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4684
4685 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4686 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4687
4688 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4689 (lambda ()
4690 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4691 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4692 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4693 (concat \"make -k \"
4694 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4695
4696 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4697 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4698
4699 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4700 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4701 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4702 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4703
4704 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4705
4706 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4707 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4708 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4709 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4710
4711 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4712 and move to the source code that caused it.
4713
4714 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4715 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4716
4717 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4718 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4719 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4720 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4721
4722 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4723 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4724 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4725 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4726
4727 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4728 kills its subprocesses.
4729
4730 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4731 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4732 to a function that generates a unique name.
4733
4734 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4735
4736 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4737 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4738 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4739 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4740
4741 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4742 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4743
4744 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4745 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4746 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4747 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4748
4749 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4750 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4751 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4752
4753 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4754
4755 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4756
4757 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4758 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4759 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4760 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4761 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4762
4763 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4764
4765 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4766
4767 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4768
4769 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4770 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4771 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4772 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4773 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4774 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4775 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4776
4777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4778
4779 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4780 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4781 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4782 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4783 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4784 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4785
4786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4787
4788 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4789 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4790 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4791
4792 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4793
4794 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4795
4796 ;;;***
4797 \f
4798 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4799 ;;;;;; (18104 24730))
4800 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4801
4802 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4803 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4804 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4807 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4808
4809 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4810
4811 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4812 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4813 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4814
4815 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4816 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4817 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4818 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4819
4820 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4821 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4822 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4823 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4824
4825 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4826 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4827 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4828 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4829
4830 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4831 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4832 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4833 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4834 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4835
4836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4837
4838 ;;;***
4839 \f
4840 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4841 ;;;;;; (18104 24731))
4842 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4843
4844 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4845 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4846 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4849 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4850
4851 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4852
4853 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4854 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4855
4856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4857
4858 ;;;***
4859 \f
4860 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4861 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4862 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4863 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (18104 24731))
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4865
4866 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4867 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4868 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4869 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4870 `make-composition'.
4871
4872 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4873
4874 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4875 | | 1:tc or top-center
4876 | | 2:tr or top-right
4877 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4878 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4879 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4880 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4881 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4882 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4883
4884 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4885 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4886 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4887 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4888 be added.
4889
4890 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4891 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4892 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4893
4894 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4895 | | |
4896 | global| |
4897 | glyph | |
4898 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4899 +----+--*--+
4900 | | new |
4901 | |glyph|
4902 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4903 ")
4904
4905 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4906 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4907 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4908 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4909
4910 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4911
4912 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4913 Compose characters in the current region.
4914
4915 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4916 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4917
4918 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4919
4920 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4921 specifying the region.
4922
4923 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4924 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4925 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4926
4927 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4928 of the text in the region.
4929
4930 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4931
4932 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4933 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4934 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4935 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4936
4937 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4938 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4939 detail.
4940
4941 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4942 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4943 text in the composition.
4944
4945 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4946
4947 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4948 Decompose text in the current region.
4949
4950 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4951 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4952
4953 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4954
4955 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4956 Compose characters in string STRING.
4957
4958 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4959 the characters in it.
4960
4961 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4962 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4963 STRING respectively.
4964
4965 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4966 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4967 `compose-region' for more detail.
4968
4969 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4970 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4971 text in the composition.
4972
4973 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4974
4975 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4976 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4977
4978 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4979
4980 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4981 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4982 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4983 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4984 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4985 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4986 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4987 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4988
4989 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4990
4991 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4992 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4993
4994 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4995 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4996
4997 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4998 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4999
5000 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
5001 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
5002
5003 If no composition is found, return nil.
5004
5005 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
5006 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
5007
5008 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
5009 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
5010 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
5011
5012 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
5013
5014 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
5015
5016 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
5017 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
5018 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
5019
5020 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
5021
5022 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
5023
5024 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
5025
5026 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5027 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5028
5029 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5030 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5031 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5032 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5033 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5034 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5035 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5036 nil.
5037
5038 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5039 is:
5040 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5041 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5042
5043 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5044
5045 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5046 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5047
5048 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5049
5050 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5051
5052 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5053 Compose last characters.
5054 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5055 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5056 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5057 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5058 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5059 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5060 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5061 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5062 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5063 after a sequence of character events.
5064
5065 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5066 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5067
5068 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5069 Convert CHAR to string.
5070
5071 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5072 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5073 vector of CHAR respectively.
5074 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5075
5076 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5077
5078 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5083 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5084 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5085 ;;;;;; (18104 24770))
5086 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5087
5088 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5089 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5090 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5091 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5092 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5093 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5094 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5095
5096 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5097 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5098 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5099
5100 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5101 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5102 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5103
5104 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5105 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5106 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5107 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5108
5109 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5110 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5111 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5112 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5113 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5114 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5115 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5116
5117 \\{conf-mode-map}
5118
5119 \(fn)" t nil)
5120
5121 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5122 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5123 Comments start with `#'.
5124 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5125
5126 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5127
5128 \[Desktop Entry]
5129 Encoding=UTF-8
5130 Name=The GIMP
5131 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5132 Name[cs]=GIMP
5133
5134 \(fn)" t nil)
5135
5136 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5137 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5138 Comments start with `;'.
5139 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5140
5141 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5142
5143 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5144 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5145 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5146
5147 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5148 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5149
5150 \(fn)" t nil)
5151
5152 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5153 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5154 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5155 between `/*' and `*/'.
5156 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5157
5158 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5159 // another kind of comment
5160 /* yet another */
5161
5162 name:value
5163 name=value
5164 name value
5165 x.1 =
5166 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5167 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5168
5169 \(fn)" t nil)
5170
5171 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5172 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5173 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5174 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5175 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5176 `conf-space-keywords'.
5177 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5178 in an interactive fashion instead.
5179
5180 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5181
5182 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5183
5184 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5185 image/png png
5186 image/tiff tiff tif
5187
5188 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5189 class desktop
5190 # Standard multimedia devices
5191 add /dev/audio desktop
5192 add /dev/mixer desktop
5193
5194 \(fn)" t nil)
5195
5196 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5197 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5198 See `conf-space-mode'.
5199
5200 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5203 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5204 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5205 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5206
5207 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5208
5209 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5210 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5211
5212 \(fn)" t nil)
5213
5214 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5215 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5216 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5217 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5218
5219 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5220
5221 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5222 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5223
5224 \(fn)" t nil)
5225
5226 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5227 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5228 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5229 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5230
5231 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5232
5233 *background: gray99
5234 *foreground: black
5235
5236 \(fn)" t nil)
5237
5238 ;;;***
5239 \f
5240 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5241 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18104 24760))
5242 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5243
5244 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5245 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5246 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5247 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5248
5249 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5250
5251 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5252 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5253 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5254 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5255
5256 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5257
5258 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5259 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5260 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5261 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5262
5263 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5264
5265 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5266 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5267
5268 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5269
5270 ;;;***
5271 \f
5272 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5273 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18104 24747))
5274 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5275
5276 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5277 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5278 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5279 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5280 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5281 following the copyright are updated as well.
5282 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5283 interactively.
5284
5285 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5286
5287 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5288 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5289 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5290
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5292
5293 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5294 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5295
5296 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5297
5298 ;;;***
5299 \f
5300 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5301 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18104 24764))
5302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5303
5304 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5305 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5306 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5307 Tab indents for Perl code.
5308 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5309 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5310
5311 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5312 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5313 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5314 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5315 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5316 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5317 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5318 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5319 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5320 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5321 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5322 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5323
5324 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5325
5326 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5327 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5328
5329 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5330
5331 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5332 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5333 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5334 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5335 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5336 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5337 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5338 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5339 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5340
5341 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5342
5343 bite if angry;
5344
5345 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5346 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5347 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5348 to nil.)
5349
5350 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5351 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5352 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5353
5354 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5355
5356 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5357 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5358 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5359 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5360 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5361
5362 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5363
5364 if (A) { B }
5365
5366 into
5367
5368 B if A;
5369
5370 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5371
5372 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5373 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5374 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5375 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5376 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5377 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5378 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5379 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5380 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5381 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5382 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5383 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5384 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5385
5386 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5387 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5388 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5389 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5390 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5391 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5392
5393 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5394 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5395 man via menu.
5396
5397 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5398 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5399 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5400 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5401 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5402
5403 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5404 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5405 span the needed amount of lines.
5406
5407 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5408 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5409 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5410 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5411
5412 Variables controlling indentation style:
5413 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5414 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5415 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5416 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5417 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5418 `cperl-auto-newline'
5419 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5420 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5421 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5422 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5423 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5424 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5425 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5426 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5427 `cperl-indent-level'
5428 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5429 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5430 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5431 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5432 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5433 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5434 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5435 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5436 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5437 `cperl-brace-offset'
5438 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5439 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5440 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5441 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5442 `cperl-label-offset'
5443 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5444 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5445 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5446
5447 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5448 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5449 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5450 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5451 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5452 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5453
5454 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5455 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5456 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5457 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5458
5459 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5460 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5461 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5462 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5463 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5464 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5465
5466 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5467 column 0 is indented on
5468 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5469
5470 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5471 with no args.
5472
5473 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5474 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5475 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5476
5477 \(fn)" t nil)
5478
5479 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5480 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5481
5482 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5483
5484 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5485 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5486
5487 \(fn)" t nil)
5488
5489 ;;;***
5490 \f
5491 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5492 ;;;;;; (18104 24764))
5493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5494
5495 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5496 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5497 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5498 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5499 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5500
5501 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5502
5503 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5504 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5505
5506 \(fn)" t nil)
5507
5508 ;;;***
5509 \f
5510 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5511 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
5512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5513
5514 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5515 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5516 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5517 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5518
5519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5520 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5521
5522 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5523
5524 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5525 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5526 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5527
5528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5529
5530 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5531
5532 ;;;***
5533 \f
5534 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5535 ;;;;;; (18104 24747))
5536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5537
5538 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5539 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5540 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5541 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5542
5543 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5544 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5545 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5546 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5547
5548 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5549 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5550 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5551
5552 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5553 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5554 'bob', and 'eve'.
5555
5556 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5557 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5558 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5559
5560 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5561
5562 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5563 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5564 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5565
5566 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5567
5568 ;;;***
5569 \f
5570 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18104
5571 ;;;;;; 24771))
5572 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5573 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5574
5575 (autoload (quote css-mode) "css-mode" "\
5576 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5577
5578 \(fn)" t nil)
5579
5580 ;;;***
5581 \f
5582 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5583 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
5584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5585
5586 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5587 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5588 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5589 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5590 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5591 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5592
5593 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5594
5595 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5596 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5597 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5598 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5599 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5600
5601 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5602 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5603 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5604 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5605 function of these prefix keys.
5606
5607 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5608 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5609 options:
5610 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5611 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5612 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5613
5614 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5615 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5616 the prefix fallback behavior.
5617
5618 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5619 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5620 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5621 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5622
5623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5624
5625 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5626 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5627
5628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5629 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5630 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5631 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5632 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5633 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5634 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5635 (if user-init-file (concat
5636 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5637 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5638
5639 ;;;***
5640 \f
5641 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5642 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5643 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5644 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5645 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5646 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5647 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5648 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5649 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5650 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5651 ;;;;;; (18104 24731))
5652 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5653
5654 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5655 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5656
5657 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5658
5659 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5660 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5661
5662 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5663
5664 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5665 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5666
5667 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5668 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5669
5670 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5671 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5672
5673 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5674 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5675
5676 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5677 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5678
5679 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5680
5681 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5682
5683 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5684 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5685 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5686
5687 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5688 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5689
5690 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5691 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5692
5693 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5694 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5695
5696 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5697
5698 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5699
5700 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5701 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5702 Return VALUE.
5703
5704 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5705 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5706
5707 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5708 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5709
5710 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5711 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5712
5713 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5714
5715 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5716
5717 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5719 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5720 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5721 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5722
5723 \(fn)" t nil)
5724
5725 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5726 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5727 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5728 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5729
5730 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5731
5732 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5733 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5734
5735 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5736
5737 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5738 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5739
5740 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5741
5742 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5743
5744 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5745 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5746
5747 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5748
5749 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5750
5751 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5752 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5753 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5754
5755 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5756
5757 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5758 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5759 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5760 as part of Emacs itself.
5761
5762 Each elements looks like this:
5763
5764 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5765
5766 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5767 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5768 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5769 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5770 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5771 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5772 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5773 and `defface'.
5774
5775 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5776
5777 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5778 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5779 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5780 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5781 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5782
5783 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5784 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5785 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5786 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5787
5788 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5789
5790 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5791 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5792 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5793 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5794 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5795
5796 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5797 that were added or redefined since that version.
5798
5799 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5800
5801 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5802 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5803 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5804 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5805
5806 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5807 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5808
5809 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5810
5811 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5812 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5813 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5814
5815 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5816 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5817
5818 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5819
5820 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5821 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5822
5823 \(fn)" t nil)
5824
5825 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5826 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5827
5828 \(fn)" t nil)
5829
5830 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5831 Customize all already saved user options.
5832
5833 \(fn)" t nil)
5834
5835 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5836 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5837 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5838 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5839 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5840 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5841 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5842 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5843
5844 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5845
5846 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5847 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5848 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5849 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5850
5851 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5854 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5855
5856 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5859 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5860
5861 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5862
5863 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5864 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5865 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5866 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5867 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5868 that option.
5869
5870 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5871
5872 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5873 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5874 The result includes selecting that window.
5875 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5876 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5877 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5878 that option.
5879
5880 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5881
5882 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5883 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5884
5885 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5886
5887 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5888 File used for storing customization information.
5889 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5890 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5891 it should be an absolute file name.
5892
5893 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5894 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5895 something like the following in your init file:
5896
5897 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5898 \(load custom-file)
5899
5900 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5901 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5902
5903 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5904 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5905 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5906 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5907 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5908
5909 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5910 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5911 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5912 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5913 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5914 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5915 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5916 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5917 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5918 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5919
5920 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5921
5922 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5923 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5924
5925 \(fn)" nil nil)
5926
5927 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5928 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5929
5930 \(fn)" t nil)
5931
5932 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5933 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5934 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5935
5936 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5937
5938 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5939 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5940 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5941 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5942 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5943
5944 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5945
5946 ;;;***
5947 \f
5948 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5949 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18104 24732))
5950 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5951
5952 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5953 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5954
5955 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5956
5957 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5958 Alist of face attributes.
5959
5960 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5961 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5962 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5963 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5964 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5965 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5966
5967 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5968 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5969 customization type TYPE).
5970
5971 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5972 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5973 given face attribute.")
5974
5975 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5976 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5977 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5978 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5979
5980 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5981
5982 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5983 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5984 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5985 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5986 between themes and faces.
5987 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5988
5989 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5990 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5991
5992 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5993
5994 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5995 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5996 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5997
5998 (FACE IGNORED)
5999
6000 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
6001
6002 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6003
6004 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
6005 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
6006 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
6007
6008 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
6009
6010 (FACE FROM-THEME)
6011
6012 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
6013
6014 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
6015
6016 ;;;***
6017 \f
6018 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
6019 ;;;;;; (18104 24732))
6020 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6021
6022 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
6023 Create a custom theme.
6024
6025 \(fn)" t nil)
6026
6027 ;;;***
6028 \f
6029 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
6030 ;;;;;; (18104 24732))
6031 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
6032
6033 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
6034 Mode used for cvs status output.
6035
6036 \(fn)" t nil)
6037
6038 ;;;***
6039 \f
6040 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6041 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18104 24764))
6042 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6043
6044 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6045 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6046
6047 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6048 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6049 C++ modes are included.
6050
6051 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6052
6053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6054
6055 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6056 Turn on CWarn mode.
6057
6058 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6059 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6060
6061 \(fn)" nil nil)
6062
6063 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6064 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6065 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6066 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6067 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6068 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6069
6070 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6071
6072 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6073 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6074 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6075 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6076 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6077
6078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6079
6080 ;;;***
6081 \f
6082 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6083 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6084 ;;;;;; (18104 24757))
6085 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6086
6087 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6088 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6089
6090 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6091
6092 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6093 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6094
6095 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6096
6097 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6098 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6099 For readability, the table is slightly
6100 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6101
6102 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6103 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6104 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6105 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6106 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6107
6108 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6109
6110 ;;;***
6111 \f
6112 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6113 ;;;;;; (18104 24732))
6114 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6115 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6116 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6117
6118 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6119 Completion on current word.
6120 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6121 and presents suggestions for completion.
6122
6123 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6124 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6125 completions.
6126
6127 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6128 then it searches *all* buffers.
6129
6130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6131
6132 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6133 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6134
6135 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6136 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6137 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6138 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6139 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6140
6141 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6142 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6143
6144 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6145 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6146 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6147
6148 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6149 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6150
6151 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6152
6153 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6154
6155 ;;;***
6156 \f
6157 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18104
6158 ;;;;;; 24764))
6159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6160
6161 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6162 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6163
6164 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6165 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6167
6168 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6169 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6170 Data lines are not indented.
6171
6172 Key bindings:
6173
6174 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6175 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6176
6177 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6178 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6179 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6180 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6181
6182 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6183
6184 dcl-basic-offset
6185 Extra indentation within blocks.
6186
6187 dcl-continuation-offset
6188 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6189
6190 dcl-margin-offset
6191 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6192
6193 dcl-margin-label-offset
6194 Indentation for a label.
6195
6196 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6197 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6198
6199 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6200 dcl-block-end-regexp
6201 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6202 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6203 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6204 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6205 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6206
6207 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6208 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6209 Two such functions are included in the package:
6210 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6211 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6212
6213 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6214 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6215 One such function is included in the package:
6216 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6217
6218 dcl-tab-always-indent
6219 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6220 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6221 margin.
6222
6223 dcl-electric-characters
6224 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6225 typed.
6226
6227 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6228 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6229 which words trigger electric indentation.
6230
6231 dcl-tempo-comma
6232 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6233 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6234 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6235
6236 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6237 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6238 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6239 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6240
6241 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6242 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6243 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6244 dcl-imenu-label-call
6245 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6246
6247 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6248 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6249 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6250 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6251
6252
6253 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6254
6255 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6256 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6257 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6258 $ i = 1
6259 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6260 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6261 $ label:
6262 $ if i.eq.1
6263 $ then
6264 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6265 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6266 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6267 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6268 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6269 \"lined up with the command line\"
6270 $ type sys$input
6271 Data lines are not indented at all.
6272 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6273 $ endif
6274 $
6275
6276
6277 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6278 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6279
6280 \(fn)" t nil)
6281
6282 ;;;***
6283 \f
6284 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6285 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18104 24747))
6286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6287
6288 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6289
6290 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6291 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6292 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6293 of the evaluator.
6294
6295 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6296 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6297 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6298
6299 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6300
6301 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6302 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6303
6304 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6305
6306 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6307 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6308 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6309 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6310 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6311 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6312
6313 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6314 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6315
6316 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6317
6318 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6319 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6320 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6321 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6322 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6323
6324 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6325
6326 ;;;***
6327 \f
6328 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6329 ;;;;;; (18104 24760))
6330 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6331
6332 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6333 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6334
6335 \(fn)" t nil)
6336
6337 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6338 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6339 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6340 Upper-case letters are commands.
6341
6342 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6343 modify it.
6344
6345 The most useful commands are:
6346 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6347 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6348 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6349 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6350 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6351 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6352
6353 \(fn)" t nil)
6354
6355 ;;;***
6356 \f
6357 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6358 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18104
6359 ;;;;;; 24732))
6360 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6361
6362 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6363 Customization of `columns' group.
6364
6365 \(fn)" t nil)
6366
6367 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6368 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6369
6370 START and END delimits the text region.
6371
6372 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6373
6374 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6375 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6376
6377 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6378
6379 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6380
6381 ;;;***
6382 \f
6383 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18104
6384 ;;;;;; 24765))
6385 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6386
6387 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6388 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6389 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6390 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6391 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6392 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6393
6394 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6395
6396 Customization:
6397
6398 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6399 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6400 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6401 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6402 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6403 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6404 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6405 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6406 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6407 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6408 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6409 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6410 blank line.
6411 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6412 Directories to search when finding external units.
6413 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6414 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6415
6416 Coloring:
6417
6418 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6419 Face used to color delphi comments.
6420 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6421 Face used to color delphi strings.
6422 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6423 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6424 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6425 Face used to color everything else.
6426
6427 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6428 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6429
6430 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6431
6432 ;;;***
6433 \f
6434 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18104
6435 ;;;;;; 24732))
6436 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6437
6438 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6439
6440 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6441 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6442 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6443 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6444 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6445 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6446
6447 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6448
6449 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6450 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6451 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6452 positive.
6453
6454 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6455 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6456 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6457 any selection.
6458
6459 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6460
6461 ;;;***
6462 \f
6463 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6464 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18104 24747))
6465 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6466
6467 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6468 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6469
6470 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6471
6472 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6473 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6474 or nil if there is no parent.
6475 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6476 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6477 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6478 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6479 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6480
6481 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6482 arguments are currently understood:
6483 :group GROUP
6484 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6485 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6486 :syntax-table TABLE
6487 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6488 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6489 :abbrev-table TABLE
6490 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6491 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6492
6493 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6494
6495 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6496
6497 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6498 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6499 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6500
6501 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6502 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6503
6504 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6505 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6506 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6507
6508 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6509 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6510
6511 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6512 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6513
6514 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6515
6516 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6517
6518 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6519 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6520 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6521 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6522 the first time the mode is used.
6523
6524 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6525
6526 ;;;***
6527 \f
6528 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6529 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18104 24732))
6530 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6531
6532 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6533 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6534 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6535 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6536 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6537 otherwise.
6538
6539 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6540
6541 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6542 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6543 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6544 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6545 character composition information (if relevant),
6546 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6547
6548 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6549
6550 ;;;***
6551 \f
6552 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6553 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6554 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6555 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18104 24732))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6557
6558 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6559 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6560 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6561
6562 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6563
6564 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6565 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6566 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6567 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6568 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6569 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6570
6571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6572
6573 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6574 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6575 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6576 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6577
6578 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6579
6580 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6581 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6582 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6583
6584 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6585 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6586 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6587
6588 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6589 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6590
6591 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6592 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6593 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6594
6595 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6596 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6597 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6598 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6599
6600 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6601
6602 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6603 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6604
6605 Handlers are called with argument list
6606
6607 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6608
6609 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6610
6611 desktop-file-version
6612 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6613 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6614 desktop-buffer-point
6615 desktop-buffer-mark
6616 desktop-buffer-read-only
6617 desktop-buffer-locals
6618
6619 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6620 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6621
6622 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6623 code like
6624
6625 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6626 ...
6627 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6628 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6629
6630 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6631
6632 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6633
6634 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6635 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6636 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6637 List elements must have the form
6638
6639 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6640
6641 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6642 function.
6643
6644 Handlers are called with argument list
6645
6646 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6647
6648 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6649
6650 desktop-file-version
6651 desktop-buffer-file-name
6652 desktop-buffer-name
6653 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6654 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6655 desktop-buffer-point
6656 desktop-buffer-mark
6657 desktop-buffer-read-only
6658 desktop-buffer-misc
6659
6660 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6661 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6662 created and set.
6663
6664 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6665 code like
6666
6667 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6668 ...
6669 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6670 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6671
6672 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6673
6674 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6675
6676 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6677
6678 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6679 Empty the Desktop.
6680 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6681 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6682 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6683
6684 \(fn)" t nil)
6685
6686 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6687 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6688 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6689 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6690 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6691
6692 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6693
6694 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6695 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6696 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6697
6698 \(fn)" t nil)
6699
6700 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6701 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6702 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6703 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6704 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6705 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6706 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6707 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6708
6709 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6710
6711 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6712 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6713 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6714
6715 \(fn)" nil nil)
6716
6717 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6718 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6719 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6720 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6721 directory DIRNAME.
6722
6723 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6724
6725 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6726 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6727
6728 \(fn)" t nil)
6729
6730 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6731 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6732
6733 \(fn)" t nil)
6734
6735 ;;;***
6736 \f
6737 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6738 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6739 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18104 24750))
6740 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6741
6742 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6743 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6744 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6745 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6746 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6747 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6748
6749 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6750
6751 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6752 Repair a broken attribution line.
6753 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6754
6755 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6756
6757 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6758 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6759 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6760 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6761
6762 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6763
6764 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6765 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6766
6767 \(fn)" t nil)
6768
6769 ;;;***
6770 \f
6771 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6772 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (18104 24757))
6773 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6774
6775 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6776
6777 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6778 Not documented
6779
6780 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6781
6782 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6783 Not documented
6784
6785 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6786
6787 ;;;***
6788 \f
6789 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6790 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18104 24745))
6791 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6792
6793 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6794 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6795 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6796 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6797 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6798
6799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6800
6801 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6802 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6803 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6804 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6805
6806 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6807 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6808 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6809 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6810
6811 #!/bin/sh
6812 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6813 emacs -batch \\
6814 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6815 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6816 european-calendar-style t \\
6817 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6818 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6819 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6820
6821 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6822 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6823 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6824 to run it every morning at 1am.
6825
6826 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6827
6828 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6829 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6830
6831 \(fn)" t nil)
6832
6833 ;;;***
6834 \f
6835 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6836 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18104 24733))
6837 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6838
6839 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6840 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6841
6842 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6843
6844 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6845 *The command to use to run diff.")
6846
6847 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6848
6849 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6850 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6851 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6852 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6853 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6854 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6855
6856 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6857
6858 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6859 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6860 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6861 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6862 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6863 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6864
6865 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6866
6867 ;;;***
6868 \f
6869 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6870 ;;;;;; (18104 24733))
6871 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6872
6873 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6874 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6875 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6876 normal diffs.
6877
6878 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6879 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6880 headers for you on-the-fly.
6881
6882 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6883 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6884 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6885
6886 \\{diff-mode-map}
6887
6888 \(fn)" t nil)
6889
6890 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6891 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6892 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6893
6894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6895
6896 ;;;***
6897 \f
6898 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6899 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6900 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6901 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6902 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18104 24733))
6903 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6904
6905 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6906 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6907 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6908 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6909 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6910 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6911 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6912 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6913
6914 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6915
6916 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6917 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6918
6919 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6920 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6921 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6922 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6923 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6924
6925 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6926 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6927
6928 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6929 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6930 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6931 always set this variable to t.")
6932
6933 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6934
6935 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6936 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6937 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6938 A value of t means move to first file.")
6939
6940 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6941
6942 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6943 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6944 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6945 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6946 are afterward marked with that character.")
6947
6948 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6949
6950 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6951 *Controls marking of copied files.
6952 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6953 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6954
6955 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6956
6957 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6958 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6959 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6960 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6961
6962 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6963
6964 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6965 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6966 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6967 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6968
6969 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6970
6971 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6972 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6973 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6974 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6975
6976 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6977
6978 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6979
6980 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6981 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6982 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6983
6984 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6985
6986 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6987 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6988 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6989 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6990 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6991 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6992
6993 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6994 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6995 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6996 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6997 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6998 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6999 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
7000 list of files to make directory entries for.
7001 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
7002 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
7003 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
7004 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
7005
7006 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7007
7008 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7009 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7010
7011 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
7012 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
7013
7014 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7015 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7016
7017 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
7018 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
7019
7020 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7021
7022 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
7023 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7024
7025 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7026
7027 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
7028 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
7029 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
7030 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7031 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
7032 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
7033 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7034 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7035 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7036 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7037 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7038 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7039 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7040 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7041 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7042 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7043 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7044 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7045 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7046 to see why something went wrong.
7047 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7048 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7049 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7050 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7051 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7052 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7053 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7054 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7055 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7056 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7057 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7058 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7059 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7060
7061 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7062 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7063 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7064 again for the directory tree.
7065
7066 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7067 for more info):
7068
7069 `dired-listing-switches'
7070 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7071 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7072 `dired-marker-char'
7073 `dired-del-marker'
7074 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7075 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7076 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7077 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7078
7079 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7080
7081 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7082 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7083 `dired-mode-hook'
7084 `dired-load-hook'
7085
7086 Keybindings:
7087 \\{dired-mode-map}
7088
7089 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7090 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7091
7092 ;;;***
7093 \f
7094 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7095 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7096 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7097 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7098 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7099 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7100 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7101 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7102 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7103 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7104 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7105 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7106 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7107 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18104 24733))
7108 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7109
7110 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7111 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7112 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7113 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7114 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7115 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7116 which is options for `diff'.
7117
7118 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7119
7120 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7121 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7122 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7123 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7124 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7125 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7126
7127 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7128
7129 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7130 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7131 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7132 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7133 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7134 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7135 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7136
7137 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7138
7139 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7140 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7141 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7142 returned by function `file-attributes'
7143
7144 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7145 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7146
7147 Examples of PREDICATE:
7148
7149 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7150 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7151 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7152 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7153 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7154
7155 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7156
7157 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7158 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7159 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7160
7161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7162
7163 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7164 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7165
7166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7167
7168 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7169 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7170
7171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7172
7173 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7174 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7175 This calls touch.
7176
7177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7178
7179 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7180 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7181 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7182 `lpr-switches' as default.
7183
7184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7185
7186 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7187 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7188 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7189 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7190 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7191
7192 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7193 with a prefix argument.
7194
7195 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7196
7197 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7198 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7199 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7200 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7201 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7202
7203 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7204 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7205
7206 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7207 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7208 file name substituted for `?'.
7209
7210 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7211 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7212
7213 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7214 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7215 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7216 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7217
7218 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7219
7220 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7221 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7222 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7223
7224 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7225 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7226 in a subdir.
7227
7228 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7229 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7230 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7231
7232 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7235 Not documented
7236
7237 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7238
7239 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7240 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7241 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7242 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7243 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7244 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7245 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7246 from the buffer as well.
7247 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7248 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7249 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7250
7251 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7252
7253 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7254 Not documented
7255
7256 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7257
7258 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7259 Not documented
7260
7261 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7262
7263 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7264 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7265
7266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7269 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7270
7271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7272
7273 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7274 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7275
7276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7279 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7280 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7281 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7282
7283 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7284 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7285 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7286 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7287 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7288 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7289 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7290
7291 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7292
7293 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7294 Not documented
7295
7296 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7297
7298 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7299 Not documented
7300
7301 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7302
7303 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7304 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7305
7306 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7307
7308 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7309 Not documented
7310
7311 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7312
7313 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7314 Not documented
7315
7316 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7317
7318 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7319 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7320
7321 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7324 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7325 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7326 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7327 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7328 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7329 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7330 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7331 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7332
7333 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7334 like `cp -d'.
7335
7336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7339 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7340 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7341 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7342 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7343 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7344 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7345 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7346
7347 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7348
7349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7350
7351 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7352 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7353 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7354 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7355 and new hard links are made in that directory
7356 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7357 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7358 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7359
7360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7363 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7364 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7365 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7366 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7367 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7368 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7369
7370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7373 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7374
7375 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7376 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7377 file if none are marked.
7378
7379 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7380 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7381 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7382 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7383
7384 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7385 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7386
7387 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7388
7389 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7390 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7391 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7392
7393 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7396 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7397 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7398
7399 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7402 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7403 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7404
7405 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7408 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7409
7410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7413 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7414
7415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7416
7417 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7418 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7419 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7420 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7421 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7422 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7423 this subdirectory.
7424 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7425
7426 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7427 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7428 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7429 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7430 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7431 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7432 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7433
7434 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7435
7436 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7437 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7438 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7439 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7440 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7441 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7442 this subdirectory.
7443 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7444
7445 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7448 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7449 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7450
7451 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7454 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7455 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7456 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7457
7458 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7459
7460 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7461 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7462 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7463 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7464
7465 \(fn)" t nil)
7466
7467 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7468 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7469 Lower levels are unaffected.
7470
7471 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7472
7473 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7474 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7475
7476 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7477
7478 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7479 Go down in the dired tree.
7480
7481 \(fn)" t nil)
7482
7483 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7484 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7485 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7486 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7487
7488 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7489
7490 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7491 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7492 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7493 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7494
7495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7496
7497 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7498 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7499 Stops when a match is found.
7500 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7501
7502 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7505 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7506 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7507 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7508 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7509
7510 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7511
7512 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7513 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7514 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7515 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7516
7517 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7518
7519 ;;;***
7520 \f
7521 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7522 ;;;;;; (18104 24733))
7523 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7524
7525 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7526 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7527 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7528 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7529 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7530 buffer and try again.
7531
7532 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7533
7534 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7535 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7536 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7537 This creates relative symbolic links like
7538
7539 foo -> ../bar/foo
7540
7541 not absolute ones like
7542
7543 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7544
7545 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7546
7547 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7548
7549 ;;;***
7550 \f
7551 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (18104 24733))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7553
7554 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7555 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7556 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7557
7558 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7559
7560 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7561 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7562
7563 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7564 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7565
7566 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7567
7568 ;;;***
7569 \f
7570 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18104
7571 ;;;;;; 24747))
7572 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7573
7574 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7575 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7576 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7577 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7578 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7579 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7580
7581 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7582
7583 ;;;***
7584 \f
7585 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7586 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7587 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7588 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7589 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7590 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18104 24734))
7591 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7592
7593 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7594 Return a new, empty display table.
7595
7596 \(fn)" nil nil)
7597
7598 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7599 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7600 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7601 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7602 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7603
7604 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7605
7606 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7607 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7608 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7609 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7610 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7611
7612 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7613
7614 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7615 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7616
7617 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7618
7619 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7620 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7621
7622 \(fn)" t nil)
7623
7624 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7625 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7626
7627 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7628
7629 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7630 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7631
7632 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7633
7634 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7635 Display character C using printable string S.
7636
7637 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7638
7639 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7640 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7641 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7642 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7643
7644 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7645
7646 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7647 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7648 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7649 X frame.
7650
7651 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7652
7653 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7654 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7655
7656 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7657
7658 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7659 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7660
7661 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7662
7663 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7664 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7665
7666 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7667
7668 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7669 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7670
7671 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7672
7673 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7674 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7675
7676 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7677
7678 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7679 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7680
7681 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7682 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7683 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7684 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7685
7686 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7687 if ARG is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7688 European character display.
7689
7690 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7691 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7692 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7693 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7694
7695 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7696 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7697 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7698 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7699 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7700
7701 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7702
7703 ;;;***
7704 \f
7705 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7706 ;;;;;; (18104 24760))
7707 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7708
7709 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7710 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7711 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7712 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7713 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7714 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7715 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7716 Default is 2.
7717
7718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7719
7720 ;;;***
7721 \f
7722 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18104 24734))
7723 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7724
7725 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7726 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7727 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7728 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7729 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7730 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7731 private or ask).
7732 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7733 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7734 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7735 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7736 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7737
7738 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7739
7740 ;;;***
7741 \f
7742 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7743 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18104 24771))
7744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7745
7746 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7747 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7748 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7749 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7750 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7751 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7752 table and its own syntax table.
7753
7754 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7755
7756 \(fn)" t nil)
7757 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7758
7759 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7760 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7761
7762 \(fn)" t nil)
7763 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7764
7765 ;;;***
7766 \f
7767 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18104 24760))
7768 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7769
7770 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7771 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7772
7773 \(fn)" t nil)
7774
7775 ;;;***
7776 \f
7777 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7778 ;;;;;; (18104 24734))
7779 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7780
7781 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7782 Toggle Double mode.
7783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7784 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7785
7786 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7787
7788 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7789 Toggle Double mode.
7790 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7791
7792 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7793 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7794
7795 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7796
7797 ;;;***
7798 \f
7799 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18104 24761))
7800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7801
7802 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7803 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7804
7805 \(fn)" t nil)
7806
7807 ;;;***
7808 \f
7809 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7810 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
7811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7812
7813 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7814 Play sounds in message buffers.
7815
7816 \(fn)" t nil)
7817
7818 ;;;***
7819 \f
7820 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7821 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7822 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18104 24747))
7823 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7824
7825 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7826
7827 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7828 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7829 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7830 and toggle command MODE.
7831
7832 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7833 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7834 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7835 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7836 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7837 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7838 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7839 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7840 used (see below).
7841
7842 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7843 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7844 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7845 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7846 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7847 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7848 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7849 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7850 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7851 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7852 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7853 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7854 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7855 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7856 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7857 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7858 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7859
7860 For example, you could write
7861 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7862 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7863 ...BODY CODE...)
7864
7865 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7866
7867 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7868
7869 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7870
7871 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7872 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7873 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7874 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7875 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7876 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7877 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7878 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7879 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7880 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7881 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7882 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7883
7884 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7885 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7886 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7887 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7888 call another major mode in their body.
7889
7890 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7891
7892 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7893 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7894 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7895 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7896 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7897 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7898 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7899
7900 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7901
7902 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7903 Not documented
7904
7905 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7906
7907 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7908 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7909 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7910
7911 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7912
7913 ;;;***
7914 \f
7915 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7916 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18104
7917 ;;;;;; 24747))
7918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7919
7920 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7921
7922 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7923 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7924
7925 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7926 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7927 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7928
7929 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7930 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7931
7932 :filter FUNCTION
7933
7934 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7935 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7936
7937 :visible INCLUDE
7938
7939 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7940 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7941
7942 :active ENABLE
7943
7944 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7945 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7946
7947 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7948
7949 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7950
7951 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7952
7953 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7954 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7955
7956 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7957 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7958
7959 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7960
7961 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7962
7963 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7964
7965 :keys KEYS
7966
7967 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7968 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7969 computed automatically.
7970 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7971
7972 :key-sequence KEYS
7973
7974 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7975 menu item.
7976 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7977 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7978 keyboard equivalent.
7979
7980 :active ENABLE
7981
7982 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7983 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7984
7985 :visible INCLUDE
7986
7987 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7988 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7989
7990 :suffix FORM
7991
7992 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7993 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7994
7995 :style STYLE
7996
7997 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7998 defined:
7999
8000 toggle: A checkbox.
8001 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
8002 radio: A radio button.
8003 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
8004 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
8005 menu bar itself.
8006 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
8007
8008 :selected SELECTED
8009
8010 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
8011 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
8012
8013 :help HELP
8014
8015 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8016
8017 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
8018 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
8019 as a solid horizontal line.
8020
8021 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
8022
8023 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
8024
8025 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
8026 Not documented
8027
8028 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8029
8030 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
8031 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8032 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8033 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8034
8035 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8036
8037 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
8038 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8039 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8040 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8041 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8042 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8043
8044 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8045 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8046 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8047
8048 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8049 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8050 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8051
8052 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8053 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8054
8055 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8056
8057 ;;;***
8058 \f
8059 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8060 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8061 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
8062 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
8063 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
8064 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8065 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8066 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18104 24765))
8067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8068
8069 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8070 Customization for ebnf group.
8071
8072 \(fn)" t nil)
8073
8074 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8075 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8076
8077 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8078
8079 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8080 processed.
8081
8082 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8083
8084 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8085
8086 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8087 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8088
8089 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8090 killed after process termination.
8091
8092 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8093
8094 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8095
8096 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8097 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8098
8099 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8100 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8101 it to the printer.
8102
8103 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8104 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8105 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8106 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8107
8108 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8109
8110 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8111 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8112 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8113
8114 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8115
8116 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8118
8119 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8120
8121 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8122 processed.
8123
8124 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8125
8126 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8127
8128 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8130
8131 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8132 killed after process termination.
8133
8134 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8135
8136 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8137
8138 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8139 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8140 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8141 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8142
8143 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8144
8145 \(fn)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8148 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8149 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8150
8151 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8152
8153 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8154
8155 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8156 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8157
8158 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8159
8160 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8161 processed.
8162
8163 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8164
8165 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8166
8167 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8168 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8169
8170 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8171 killed after EPS generation.
8172
8173 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8174
8175 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8176
8177 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8178 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8179
8180 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8181 The EPS file name has the following form:
8182
8183 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8184
8185 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8186 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8187
8188 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8189 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8190 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8191 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8192 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8193
8194 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8195 files.
8196
8197 \(fn)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8201
8202 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8203 The EPS file name has the following form:
8204
8205 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8206
8207 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8208 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8209
8210 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8211 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8212 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8213 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8214 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8215
8216 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8217 files.
8218
8219 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8220
8221 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8222
8223 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8225
8226 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8227
8228 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8229 are processed.
8230
8231 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8232
8233 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8234
8235 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8236 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8237
8238 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8239 killed after syntax checking.
8240
8241 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8242
8243 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8246 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8247
8248 \(fn)" t nil)
8249
8250 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8251 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8252
8253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8256 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8257
8258 \(fn)" nil nil)
8259
8260 (autoload (quote ebnf-find-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8261 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8262
8263 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8264
8265 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8266
8267 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8268 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8269
8270 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8271
8272 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8273
8274 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8275 Delete style NAME.
8276
8277 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8278
8279 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8280
8281 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8282 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8283
8284 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8285
8286 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8287
8288 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8289 Set STYLE as the current style.
8290
8291 Returns the old style symbol.
8292
8293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8294
8295 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8298 Reset current style.
8299
8300 Returns the old style symbol.
8301
8302 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8303
8304 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8305
8306 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8307 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8308
8309 Returns the old style symbol.
8310
8311 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8312
8313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8314
8315 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8316
8317 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8318 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8319
8320 Returns the old style symbol.
8321
8322 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8323
8324 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8325
8326 \(fn)" t nil)
8327
8328 ;;;***
8329 \f
8330 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8331 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8332 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8333 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8334 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8335 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8336 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8337 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8338 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8339 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8340 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18104
8341 ;;;;;; 24765))
8342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8343
8344 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8345 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8346 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8347 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8348 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8349 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8350
8351 Tree mode key bindings:
8352 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8353
8354 \(fn)" t nil)
8355
8356 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8357 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8358
8359 \(fn)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8362 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8363
8364 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8365
8366 \(fn)" nil nil)
8367
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8369 View declaration of member at point.
8370
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8374 Find declaration of member at point.
8375
8376 \(fn)" t nil)
8377
8378 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8379 View definition of member at point.
8380
8381 \(fn)" t nil)
8382
8383 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8384 Find definition of member at point.
8385
8386 \(fn)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8389 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8390
8391 \(fn)" t nil)
8392
8393 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8394 View definition of member at point in other window.
8395
8396 \(fn)" t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8399 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8400
8401 \(fn)" t nil)
8402
8403 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8404 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8405
8406 \(fn)" t nil)
8407
8408 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8409 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8410
8411 \(fn)" t nil)
8412
8413 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8414 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8415
8416 \(fn)" t nil)
8417
8418 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8419 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8420 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8421 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8422 completion.
8423
8424 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8425
8426 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8427 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8428 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8429 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8430
8431 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8432
8433 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8434 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8435 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8436 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8437
8438 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8439
8440 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8441 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8442 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8443
8444 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8445
8446 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8447 Search for call sites of a member.
8448 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8449 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8450 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8451 looks like a function call to the member.
8452
8453 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8454
8455 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8456 Move backward in the position stack.
8457 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8458
8459 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8462 Move forward in the position stack.
8463 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8464
8465 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8466
8467 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8468 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8469
8470 \(fn)" t nil)
8471
8472 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8473 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8474
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8476
8477 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8478 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8479 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8480 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8481
8482 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8483
8484 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8485 Display statistics for a class tree.
8486
8487 \(fn)" t nil)
8488
8489 ;;;***
8490 \f
8491 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8492 ;;;;;; (18104 24735))
8493 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8494
8495 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8496 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8497 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8498 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8499
8500 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8501 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8502 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8503
8504 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8505 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8506 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8507
8508 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8509
8510 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8511
8512 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8513
8514 ;;;***
8515 \f
8516 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8517 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18104 24735))
8518 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8519
8520 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8521 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8522 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8523
8524 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8525
8526 ;;;***
8527 \f
8528 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8529 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8530 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18104 24747))
8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8532
8533 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8534 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8535 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8536 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8537 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8538
8539 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8540 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8541 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8542 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8543
8544 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8545
8546 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8547 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8548 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8549 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8550
8551 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8552
8553 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8554 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8555 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8556 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8557
8558 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8559
8560 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8561
8562 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8563 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8564 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8565 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8566 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8567
8568 If you do this on a function definition
8569 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8570 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8571 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8572 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8573
8574 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8575 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8576 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8577 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8578 already is one.)
8579
8580 \(fn)" t nil)
8581
8582 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8583 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8584
8585 \(fn)" t nil)
8586
8587 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8588 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8589
8590 \(fn)" t nil)
8591
8592 ;;;***
8593 \f
8594 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8595 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8596 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8597 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8598 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8599 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8600 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8601 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8602 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8603 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (18104 24735))
8604 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8605
8606 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8607 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8608
8609 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8610
8611 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8612 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8613
8614 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8615
8616 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8617
8618 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8619
8620 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8621 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8622 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8623 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8624
8625 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8626
8627 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8628 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8629
8630 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8631
8632 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8633
8634 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8635 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8636
8637 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8638
8639 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8640
8641 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8642 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8643 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8644 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8645
8646 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8647
8648 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8649
8650 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8651 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8652 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8653 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8654
8655 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8656
8657 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8658
8659 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8660 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8661 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8662 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8663
8664 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8665
8666 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8667
8668 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8669 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8670 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8671 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8672
8673 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8674
8675 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8676
8677 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8678 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8679 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8680 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8681 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8682 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8683
8684 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8685
8686 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8687 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8688 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8689 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8690
8691 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8692
8693 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8694
8695 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8696 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8697 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8698 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8699
8700 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8701
8702 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8703
8704 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8705
8706 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8707 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8708 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8709 follows:
8710 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8711 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8712
8713 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8714
8715 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8716 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8717 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8718 follows:
8719 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8720 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8721
8722 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8723
8724 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8725 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8726 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8727 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8728 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8729
8730 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8731
8732 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8733 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8734 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8735 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8736 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8737 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8738
8739 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8740
8741 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8742
8743 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8744 Merge two files without ancestor.
8745
8746 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8747
8748 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8749 Merge two files with ancestor.
8750
8751 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8752
8753 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8754
8755 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8756 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8757
8758 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8759
8760 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8761 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8762
8763 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8764
8765 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8766 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8767 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8768 buffer.
8769
8770 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8771
8772 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8773 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8774 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8775 buffer.
8776
8777 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8778
8779 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8780 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8781 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8782 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8783
8784 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8785
8786 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8787 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8788 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8789 and don't ask the user.
8790 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8791 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8792
8793 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8794
8795 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8796 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8797 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8798 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8799 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8800 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8801 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8802 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8803
8804 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8805
8806 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8807
8808 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8809
8810 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8811 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8812 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8813 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8814 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8815
8816 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8817
8818 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8819
8820 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8821 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8822 When called interactively, displays the version.
8823
8824 \(fn)" t nil)
8825
8826 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8827 Display Ediff's manual.
8828 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8829
8830 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8831
8832 ;;;***
8833 \f
8834 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8835 ;;;;;; (18104 24735))
8836 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8837
8838 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8839 Not documented
8840
8841 \(fn)" t nil)
8842
8843 ;;;***
8844 \f
8845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18104 24735))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8847
8848 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8849 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8850
8851 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8852
8853 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8854
8855 ;;;***
8856 \f
8857 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8858 ;;;;;; (18104 24735))
8859 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8860
8861 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8862 Display Ediff's registry.
8863
8864 \(fn)" t nil)
8865
8866 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8867
8868 ;;;***
8869 \f
8870 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8871 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18104 24735))
8872 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8873
8874 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8875 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8876 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8877 which see.
8878
8879 \(fn)" t nil)
8880
8881 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8882 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8883 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8884 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8885
8886 \(fn)" t nil)
8887
8888 ;;;***
8889 \f
8890 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8891 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8892 ;;;;;; (18104 24735))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8894
8895 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8896 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8897 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8898
8899 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8900 Edit a keyboard macro.
8901 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8902 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8903 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8904 its command name.
8905 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8906
8907 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8908
8909 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8910 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8911
8912 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8913
8914 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8915 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8916
8917 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8918
8919 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8920 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8921 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8922 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8923 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8924 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8925
8926 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8927 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8928 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8929 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8930
8931 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8932
8933 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8934 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8935 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8936 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8937 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8938 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8939
8940 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8941
8942 ;;;***
8943 \f
8944 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8945 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18104 24748))
8946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8947
8948 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8949 Set scroll margins.
8950 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8951 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8952
8953 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8954
8955 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8956 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8957
8958 \(fn)" t nil)
8959
8960 ;;;***
8961 \f
8962 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8963 ;;;;;; (18104 24735))
8964 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8965
8966 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8967 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8968 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8969 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8970 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8971 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8972 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8973
8974 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8975 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8976
8977 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8978 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8979 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8980 this value is non-nil.
8981
8982 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8983 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8984 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8985
8986 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8987 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8988 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8989
8990 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8991
8992 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8993 Not documented
8994
8995 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8996
8997 ;;;***
8998 \f
8999 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
9000 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18104 24748))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
9002
9003 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
9004 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
9005
9006 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
9007
9008 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
9009 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
9010 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
9011 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
9012 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
9013 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
9014 of the function called in the expression point is on.
9015
9016 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
9017
9018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9019
9020 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
9021 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
9022
9023 \(fn)" t nil)
9024
9025 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
9026 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
9027 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
9028 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
9029 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
9030 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
9031 arg list.
9032
9033 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
9034 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
9035
9036 ;;;***
9037 \f
9038 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18104
9039 ;;;;;; 24735))
9040 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9041
9042 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
9043 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9044
9045 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9046 an elided material again.
9047
9048 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9049
9050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9051
9052 ;;;***
9053 \f
9054 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9055 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
9056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9057
9058 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9059 Initialize elint.
9060
9061 \(fn)" t nil)
9062
9063 ;;;***
9064 \f
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9066 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18104
9067 ;;;;;; 24748))
9068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9069
9070 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9071 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9072 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9073
9074 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9075
9076 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9077 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9078 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9079
9080 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9081
9082 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9083 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9084 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9085
9086 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9087
9088 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9089
9090 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9091 Display current profiling results.
9092 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9093 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9094 displayed.
9095
9096 \(fn)" t nil)
9097
9098 ;;;***
9099 \f
9100 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9101 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9103
9104 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9105 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9106 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9107
9108 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9109
9110 ;;;***
9111 \f
9112 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9113 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9114 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9115 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9116 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17994 6715))
9117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9118
9119 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9120 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9121 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9122 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9123 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9124 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9125 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9126 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9127 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9128 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9129 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9130 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9131 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9132 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9133 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9134 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9135
9136 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9137 Run Emerge on two files.
9138
9139 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9140
9141 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9142 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9143
9144 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9145
9146 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9147 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9148
9149 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9150
9151 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9152 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9153
9154 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9155
9156 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9157 Not documented
9158
9159 \(fn)" nil nil)
9160
9161 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9162 Not documented
9163
9164 \(fn)" nil nil)
9165
9166 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9167 Not documented
9168
9169 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9170
9171 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9172 Not documented
9173
9174 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9175
9176 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9177 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9178
9179 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9180
9181 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9182 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9183
9184 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9185
9186 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9187 Not documented
9188
9189 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9194 ;;;;;; (18104 24756))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9196
9197 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9198 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9199
9200 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9201
9202 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9203
9204 ;;;***
9205 \f
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9207 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18104 24771))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9209
9210 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9211 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9212 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9213 text/enriched format.
9214 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9215
9216 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9217 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9218
9219 Commands:
9220
9221 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9222
9223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9224
9225 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9226 Not documented
9227
9228 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9229
9230 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9231 Not documented
9232
9233 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9234
9235 ;;;***
9236 \f
9237 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9238 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18104 24749))
9239 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9240
9241 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9242 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9243
9244 \(fn)" nil nil)
9245
9246 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9247 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9248 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9249
9250 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9251
9252 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9253 (server (erc-compute-server))
9254 (port (erc-compute-port))
9255 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9256 password
9257 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9258
9259 That is, if called with
9260
9261 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9262
9263 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9264 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9265 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9266
9267 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9268
9269 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9270
9271 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9272 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9273 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9274 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9275
9276 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9277
9278 ;;;***
9279 \f
9280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18104
9281 ;;;;;; 24749))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9283 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9284
9285 ;;;***
9286 \f
9287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18104 24749))
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9289 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9290
9291 ;;;***
9292 \f
9293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18104 24749))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9295 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9296
9297 ;;;***
9298 \f
9299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18104 24749))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304 \f
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9306 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18104 24749))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9308
9309 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9310 Parser for /dcc command.
9311 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9312 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9313 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9314
9315 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9316
9317 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9318 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9319
9320 \(fn)" nil nil)
9321
9322 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9323 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9324
9325 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9326 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9327 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9328 that subcommand.
9329
9330 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9331
9332 ;;;***
9333 \f
9334 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9335 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9336 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9337 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9338 ;;;;;; (18104 24749))
9339 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9340
9341 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9342 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9343
9344 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9345
9346 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9347 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9348 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9349 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9350
9351 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9352
9353 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9354 Not documented
9355
9356 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9357
9358 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9359 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9360
9361 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9362
9363 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9364 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9365
9366 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9367
9368 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9369 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9370
9371 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9372
9373 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9374 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9375
9376 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9377
9378 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9379 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9380
9381 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9382
9383 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9384 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9385
9386 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9387
9388 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9389 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9390
9391 \(fn)" nil nil)
9392
9393 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9394 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9395
9396 \(fn)" nil nil)
9397
9398 ;;;***
9399 \f
9400 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18104
9401 ;;;;;; 24749))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9403 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9404
9405 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9406 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9407 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9408
9409 \(fn)" nil nil)
9410
9411 ;;;***
9412 \f
9413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18104
9414 ;;;;;; 24749))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9416 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9417
9418 ;;;***
9419 \f
9420 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9421 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18104 24749))
9422 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9423 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9424
9425 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9426 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9427 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9428 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9429 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9430 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9431 system.
9432
9433 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9434
9435 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9436 Not documented
9437
9438 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9439
9440 ;;;***
9441 \f
9442 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9443 ;;;;;; (18104 24749))
9444 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9445
9446 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9447 Not documented
9448
9449 \(fn)" nil nil)
9450
9451 ;;;***
9452 \f
9453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18104 24749))
9454 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9455 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9456
9457 ;;;***
9458 \f
9459 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9460 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18104 24749))
9461 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9462 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9463
9464 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9465 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9466 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9467 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9468 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9469 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9470
9471 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9472
9473 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9474 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9475 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9476 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9477
9478 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9479 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9480 automatically.
9481
9482 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9483 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9484
9485 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9486
9487 ;;;***
9488 \f
9489 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9490 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9491 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9492 ;;;;;; (18104 24749))
9493 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9494 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9495
9496 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9497 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9498
9499 \(fn)" t nil)
9500
9501 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9502 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9503
9504 \(fn)" t nil)
9505
9506 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9507 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9508
9509 \(fn)" t nil)
9510
9511 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9512 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9513
9514 \(fn)" t nil)
9515
9516 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9517 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9518
9519 \(fn)" t nil)
9520
9521 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9522 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9523
9524 \(fn)" t nil)
9525
9526 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9527 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9528
9529 \(fn)" t nil)
9530
9531 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9532 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9533
9534 \(fn)" t nil)
9535
9536 ;;;***
9537 \f
9538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18104 24749))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9540 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9541
9542 ;;;***
9543 \f
9544 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9545 ;;;;;; (18104 24749))
9546 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9547 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9548
9549 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9550 Show who's gone.
9551
9552 \(fn)" nil nil)
9553
9554 ;;;***
9555 \f
9556 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9557 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18104 24749))
9558 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9559
9560 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9561 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9562 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9563 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9564
9565 \(fn)" nil nil)
9566
9567 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9568 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9569
9570 \(fn)" t nil)
9571
9572 ;;;***
9573 \f
9574 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9575 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18104 24749))
9576 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9577 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9578
9579 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9580 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9581 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9582 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9583
9584 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9585
9586 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9587 Not documented
9588
9589 \(fn)" nil nil)
9590
9591 ;;;***
9592 \f
9593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18104 24749))
9594 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9595 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9596
9597 ;;;***
9598 \f
9599 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18104
9600 ;;;;;; 24749))
9601 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9602 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9603
9604 ;;;***
9605 \f
9606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18104 24749))
9607 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9608 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9609
9610 ;;;***
9611 \f
9612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18104 24749))
9613 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9614 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9615
9616 ;;;***
9617 \f
9618 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9619 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18104 24749))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9621 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9622
9623 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9624 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9625
9626 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9627
9628 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9629 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9630 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9631
9632 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9633
9634 ;;;***
9635 \f
9636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18104 24749))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9638 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9639
9640 ;;;***
9641 \f
9642 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9643 ;;;;;; (18104 24749))
9644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9645
9646 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9647 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9648 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9649
9650 \(fn)" t nil)
9651
9652 ;;;***
9653 \f
9654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18104
9655 ;;;;;; 24749))
9656 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9657 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9658
9659 ;;;***
9660 \f
9661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18104 24749))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9663 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9664
9665 ;;;***
9666 \f
9667 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9668 ;;;;;; (18104 24749))
9669 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9670
9671 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9672 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9673 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9674
9675 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9676
9677 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9678 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9679 mode line.
9680
9681 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9682 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9683 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9684
9685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9686 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9687
9688 ;;;***
9689 \f
9690 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9691 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18104 24749))
9692 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9693 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9694
9695 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9696 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9697 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9698 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9699
9700 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9701
9702 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9703 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9704 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9705
9706 \(fn)" t nil)
9707
9708 ;;;***
9709 \f
9710 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9711 ;;;;;; (18104 24749))
9712 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9713
9714 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9715 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9716
9717 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9718
9719 ;;;***
9720 \f
9721 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18104
9722 ;;;;;; 24749))
9723 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9724
9725 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9726 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9727
9728 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9729
9730 \(fn)" nil nil)
9731
9732 ;;;***
9733 \f
9734 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18104
9735 ;;;;;; 24749))
9736 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9737
9738 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9739 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9740
9741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9742
9743 ;;;***
9744 \f
9745 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9746 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18104 24749))
9747 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9748
9749 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9750 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9751 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9752 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9753 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9754 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9755 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9756 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9757 buffer selected (or created).
9758
9759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9760
9761 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9762 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9763 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9764
9765 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9766
9767 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9768 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9769 The result might be any Lisp object.
9770 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9771 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9772 corresponding to a successful execution.
9773
9774 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9775
9776 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9777 Report a bug in Eshell.
9778 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9779 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9780
9781 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9782
9783 ;;;***
9784 \f
9785 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9786 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9787 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9788 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9789 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9790 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9791 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9792 ;;;;;; (18104 24765))
9793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9794
9795 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9796 *File name of tags table.
9797 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9798 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9799 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9800 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9801
9802 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9803 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9804 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9805 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9806
9807 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9808
9809 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9810 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9811 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9812 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9813 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9814 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9815
9816 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9817
9818 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9819 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9820 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9821 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9822 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9823 `auto-compression-mode').")
9824
9825 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9826
9827 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9828 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9829 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9830 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9831 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9832
9833 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9834
9835 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9836 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9837 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9838 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9839
9840 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9841
9842 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9843 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9844 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9845 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9846 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9847
9848 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9849
9850 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9851 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9852
9853 \(fn)" t nil)
9854
9855 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9856 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9857 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9858 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9859
9860 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9861 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9862 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9863 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9864 file the tag was in.
9865
9866 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9867
9868 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9869 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9870 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9871 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9872 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9873 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9874 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9875 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9876 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9877
9878 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9879
9880 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9881 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9882 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9883 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9884 without directory names.
9885
9886 \(fn)" nil nil)
9887
9888 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9889 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9890 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9891 but does not select the buffer.
9892 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9893
9894 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9895 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9896 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9897 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9898 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9899
9900 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9901
9902 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9903 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9904 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9905
9906 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9907
9908 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9909
9910 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9911 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9912 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9913 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9914
9915 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9916 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9917 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9918 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9919 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9920
9921 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9922
9923 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9924 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9925 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9926
9927 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9928
9929 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9930 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9931
9932 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9933 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9934 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9935 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9936 around or before point.
9937
9938 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9939 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9940 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9941 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9942 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9943
9944 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9945
9946 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9947 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9948 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9949
9950 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9951
9952 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9953 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9954
9955 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9956 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9957 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9958 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9959 around or before point.
9960
9961 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9962 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9963 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9964 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9965 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9966
9967 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9968
9969 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9970 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9971 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9972
9973 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9974
9975 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9976 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9977
9978 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9979 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9980 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9981
9982 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9983 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9984 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9985 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9986 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9987
9988 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9989
9990 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9991 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9992 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9993
9994 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9995
9996 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9997 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9998 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9999
10000 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
10001 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
10002
10003 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
10004 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
10005 where they were found.
10006
10007 \(fn)" t nil)
10008
10009 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
10010 Select next file among files in current tags table.
10011
10012 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
10013 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
10014 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
10015
10016 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
10017 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
10018
10019 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
10020 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
10021
10022 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
10023
10024 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
10025 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
10026 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
10027 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
10028
10029 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
10030 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
10031 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10032 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10033 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10034
10035 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10036 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10037
10038 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
10039 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10040 Stops when a match is found.
10041 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10042
10043 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10044
10045 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10048 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10049 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10050 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10051 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10052
10053 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10054
10055 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10056
10057 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10058 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10059 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10060 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10061 directory specification.
10062
10063 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10064
10065 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10066 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10067
10068 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10069
10070 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10071 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10072 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10073 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10074
10075 \(fn)" t nil)
10076
10077 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10078 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10079 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10080 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10081 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10082
10083 \(fn)" t nil)
10084
10085 ;;;***
10086 \f
10087 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10088 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10089 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10090 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10091 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10092 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10093 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10094 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (18104 24757))
10095 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10096
10097 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10098 Not documented
10099
10100 \(fn)" nil nil)
10101
10102 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10103 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10104 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10105 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10106
10107 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10108 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10109 language.
10110
10111 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10112 even if the buffer is read-only.
10113
10114 See also the descriptions of the variables
10115 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10116 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10117
10118 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10119
10120 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10121 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10122
10123 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10124 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10125
10126 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10127 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10128 language.
10129
10130 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10131 buffer is read-only.
10132
10133 See also the descriptions of the variables
10134 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10135 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10136
10137 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10138
10139 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10140 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10141 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10142
10143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10144
10145 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10146 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10147
10148 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10149 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10150
10151 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10152 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10153
10154 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10155
10156 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10157 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10158 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10159 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10160
10161 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10162
10163 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10164 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10165 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10166 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10167
10168 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10169 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10170 the primary language.
10171
10172 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10173 buffer is read-only.
10174
10175 See also the descriptions of the variables
10176 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10177 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10178
10179 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10180
10181 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10182 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10183 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10184 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10185
10186 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10187 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10188 primary language.
10189
10190 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10191 buffer is read-only.
10192
10193 See also the descriptions of the variables
10194 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10195 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10196
10197 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10198
10199 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10200 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10201 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10202
10203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10204
10205 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10206 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10207
10208 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10209 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10210 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10211 3) convert the body into SERA.
10212
10213 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10214
10215 \(fn)" t nil)
10216
10217 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10218 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10219 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10220
10221 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10222
10223 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10224 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10225
10226 \(fn)" t nil)
10227
10228 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10229 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10230
10231 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10232 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10233 be 1, 2, or 3.
10234
10235 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10236 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10237 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10238
10239 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10240
10241 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10242
10243 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10244 Allow the user to input special characters.
10245
10246 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10247
10248 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10249 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10250 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10251
10252 \(fn)" t nil)
10253
10254 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10255 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10256
10257 \(fn)" t nil)
10258
10259 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10260 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10261
10262 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10263 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10264
10265 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10266 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10267
10268 \(fn)" nil nil)
10269
10270 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10271 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10272
10273 \(fn)" nil nil)
10274
10275 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10276 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10277
10278 \(fn)" nil nil)
10279
10280 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10281 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10282
10283 \(fn)" nil nil)
10284
10285 ;;;***
10286 \f
10287 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10288 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10289 ;;;;;; (18104 24759))
10290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10291
10292 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10293 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10294 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10295 server for future sessions.
10296
10297 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10298
10299 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10300 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10301 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10302
10303 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10304
10305 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10306 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10307 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10308
10309 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10310
10311 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10312 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10313 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10314 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10315 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10316 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10317 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10318 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10319 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10320 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10321 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10322 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10323
10324 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10325
10326 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10327 Display a form to query the directory server.
10328 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10329 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10330
10331 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10334 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10335 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10336
10337 \(fn)" t nil)
10338
10339 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10340
10341 ;;;***
10342 \f
10343 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10344 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10345 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18104 24759))
10346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10347
10348 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10349 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10350
10351 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10352
10353 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10354 Display URL and make it clickable.
10355
10356 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10357
10358 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10359 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10360
10361 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10362
10363 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10364 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10365
10366 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10367
10368 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10369 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10370
10371 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10372
10373 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10374 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10375
10376 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10377
10378 ;;;***
10379 \f
10380 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10381 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18104 24759))
10382 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10383
10384 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10385 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10386 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10387
10388 \(fn)" t nil)
10389
10390 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10391 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10392
10393 \(fn)" t nil)
10394
10395 ;;;***
10396 \f
10397 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10398 ;;;;;; (18104 24759))
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10400
10401 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10402 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10403
10404 \(fn)" t nil)
10405
10406 ;;;***
10407 \f
10408 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18104
10409 ;;;;;; 24748))
10410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10411
10412 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10413 Create an empty ewoc.
10414
10415 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10416
10417 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10418 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10419 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10420 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10421 `insert-before-markers'.
10422
10423 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10424 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10425 respectively, of the ewoc.
10426
10427 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10428 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10429 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10430
10431 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10432
10433 ;;;***
10434 \f
10435 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10436 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10437 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10438 ;;;;;; (18104 24765))
10439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10440
10441 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10442 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10443 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10444
10445 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10446
10447 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10448 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10449 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10450 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10451 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10452
10453 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10454
10455 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10456 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10457 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10458 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10459 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10460 executable.
10461
10462 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10465 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10466 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10467
10468 \(fn)" t nil)
10469
10470 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10471 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10472 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10473 file modes.
10474
10475 \(fn)" nil nil)
10476
10477 ;;;***
10478 \f
10479 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10480 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10481 ;;;;;; (18104 24735))
10482 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10483
10484 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10485 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10486 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10487 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10488
10489 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10490
10491 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10492 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10493 to generate such functions.
10494
10495 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10496 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10497 beginning of the expanded text.
10498
10499 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10500 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10501 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10502 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10503
10504 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10505
10506 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10507
10508 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10509 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10510 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10511
10512 \(fn)" nil nil)
10513
10514 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10515 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10516 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10517
10518 \(fn)" t nil)
10519
10520 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10521 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10522 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10523
10524 \(fn)" t nil)
10525 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10526 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10527
10528 ;;;***
10529 \f
10530 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18104 24765))
10531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10532
10533 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10534 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10535 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10536
10537 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10538 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10539 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10540
10541 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10542
10543 Key definitions:
10544 \\{f90-mode-map}
10545
10546 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10547
10548 `f90-do-indent'
10549 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10550 `f90-if-indent'
10551 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10552 `f90-type-indent'
10553 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10554 `f90-program-indent'
10555 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10556 (default 2).
10557 `f90-continuation-indent'
10558 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10559 `f90-comment-region'
10560 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10561 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10562 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10563 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10564 (default \"!\").
10565 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10566 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10567 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10568 `f90-break-delimiters'
10569 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10570 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10571 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10572 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10573 (default t).
10574 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10575 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10576 `f90-smart-end'
10577 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10578 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10579 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10580 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10581 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10582 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10583 `f90-leave-line-no'
10584 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10585
10586 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10587 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10588
10589 \(fn)" t nil)
10590
10591 ;;;***
10592 \f
10593 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10594 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10595 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10596 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10597 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18104 24735))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10599 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10600 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10601
10602 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10603 Menu keymap for faces.")
10604
10605 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10606
10607 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10608 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10609
10610 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10611
10612 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10613 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10614
10615 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10616
10617 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10618 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10619
10620 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10621
10622 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10623 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10624
10625 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10626
10627 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10628 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10629
10630 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10631
10632 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10633 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10634
10635 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10636
10637 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10638
10639 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10640
10641 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10642
10643 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10644 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10645
10646 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10647 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10648 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10649 to the faces to use for the next character
10650 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10651 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10652
10653 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10654 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10655 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10656 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10657 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10658 preceding faces (including FACE).
10659
10660 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10661 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10662
10663 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10664
10665 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10666 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10667 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10668
10669 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10670 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10671 requested face.
10672
10673 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10674 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10675 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10676
10677 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10678
10679 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10680 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10681 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10682
10683 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10684 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10685 requested face.
10686
10687 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10688 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10689 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10690
10691 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10692
10693 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10694 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10695 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10696 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10697 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10698 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10699 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10700
10701 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10702 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10703 requested face.
10704
10705 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10706 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10707 to insert cancels the specification.
10708
10709 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10710
10711 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10712 Make the region invisible.
10713 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10714 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10715
10716 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10717
10718 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10719 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10720 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10721 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10722
10723 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10724
10725 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10726 Make the region unmodifiable.
10727 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10728 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10729
10730 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10731
10732 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10733 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10734
10735 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10736
10737 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10738 Remove all text properties from the region.
10739
10740 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10741
10742 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10743 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10744 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10745
10746 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10747
10748 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10749 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10750
10751 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10752
10753 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10754 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10755 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10756 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10757 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10758 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10759
10760 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10761
10762 ;;;***
10763 \f
10764 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10765 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (18104 24760))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10767
10768 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10769 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10770 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10771 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10772
10773 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10774
10775 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10776 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10777 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10778
10779 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10780 - When you save the file's buffer.
10781 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10782 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10783 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10784 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10785
10786 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10787
10788 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10789 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10790 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10791 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10792
10793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10794
10795 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10796 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10797
10798 \(fn)" nil nil)
10799
10800 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10801
10802 ;;;***
10803 \f
10804 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10805 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10806 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17900 45314))
10807 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10808
10809 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10810 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10811 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10812 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10813
10814 \(fn)" nil nil)
10815
10816 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10817 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10818
10819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10820
10821 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10822 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10823 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10824 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10825
10826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10827
10828 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10829 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10830 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10831 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10832 backup file names and the like).
10833
10834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10835
10836 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10837 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10838 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10839 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10840 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10841 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10842 internally by feedmail):
10843
10844 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10845 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10846 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10847 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10848
10849 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10850 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10851 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10852 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10853 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10854
10855 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10856
10857 ;;;***
10858 \f
10859 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10860 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18104 24735))
10861 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10862
10863 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10864 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10865 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10866 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10867 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10868 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10869 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10870
10871 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10872
10873 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10874 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10875 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10876 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10877 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10878 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10879 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10880
10881 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10882
10883 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10884
10885 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10886 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10887 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10888 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10889 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10890 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10891
10892 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10893
10894 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10895 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10896 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10897 Return value:
10898 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10899 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10900 * otherwise, nil
10901
10902 \(fn E)" t nil)
10903
10904 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10905 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10906
10907 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10908
10909 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10910 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10911
10912 \(fn)" t nil)
10913
10914 ;;;***
10915 \f
10916 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10917 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10918 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10919 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18104 24735))
10920 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10921
10922 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10923 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10924 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10925 be added to the cache.
10926
10927 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10928
10929 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10930 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10931 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10932 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10933 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10934
10935 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10936
10937 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10938 Add FILE to the file cache.
10939
10940 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10941
10942 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10943 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10944 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10945
10946 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10947
10948 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10949 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10950 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10951
10952 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10953
10954 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10955 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10956 This function does not use any external programs
10957 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10958 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10959 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10960
10961 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10962
10963 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10964 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10965 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10966 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10967 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10968 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10969 \(directories) is done.
10970
10971 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10972 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10973 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10974 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10975
10976 ;;;***
10977 \f
10978 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18104
10979 ;;;;;; 24735))
10980 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10981
10982 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10983 Filesets initialization.
10984 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10985
10986 \(fn)" nil nil)
10987
10988 ;;;***
10989 \f
10990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18104 24771))
10991 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10992 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10993
10994 ;;;***
10995 \f
10996 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10997 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10998 ;;;;;; (18104 24736))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
11000
11001 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
11002 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
11003 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
11004 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
11005 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
11006
11007 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
11008
11009 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
11010 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
11011 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
11012 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
11013 them for `find-ls-option'.")
11014
11015 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
11016
11017 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
11018 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
11019 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
11020 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
11021
11022 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
11023
11024 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
11025 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
11026 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11027
11028 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
11029
11030 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
11031 as the final argument.
11032
11033 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
11034
11035 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
11036 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
11037 and run dired on those files.
11038 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
11039 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11040
11041 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
11042
11043 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
11044
11045 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
11046 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
11047 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11048
11049 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
11050
11051 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
11052
11053 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11054
11055 ;;;***
11056 \f
11057 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
11058 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11059 ;;;;;; (18104 24736))
11060 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11061
11062 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
11063 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11064 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11065 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11066 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11067 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11068 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11069
11070 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
11071 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11072 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11073
11074 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11075
11076 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11077
11078 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11079
11080 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11081 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11082 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11083
11084 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11085 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11086
11087 Variables of interest include:
11088
11089 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11090 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11091 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11092
11093 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11094 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11095 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11096
11097 - `ff-ignore-include'
11098 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11099
11100 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11101 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11102
11103 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11104 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11105
11106 - `ff-special-constructs'
11107 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11108 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11109 extracting the filename from that construct.
11110
11111 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11112 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11113
11114 - `ff-search-directories'
11115 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11116 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11117
11118 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11119 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11120
11121 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11122 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11123
11124 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11125 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11126
11127 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11128 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11129
11130 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11131 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11132
11133 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11134
11135 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11136 Visit the file you click on.
11137
11138 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11139
11140 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11141 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11142
11143 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11144
11145 ;;;***
11146 \f
11147 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11148 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11149 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11150 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11151 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11152 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11153 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18104 24748))
11154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11155
11156 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11157 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11158
11159 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11160
11161 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11162 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11163 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11164 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11165
11166 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11167 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11168 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11169 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11170
11171 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11172
11173 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11174 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11175
11176 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11177 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11178 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11179 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11180
11181 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11182 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11183 in `load-path'.
11184
11185 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11186
11187 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11188 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11189
11190 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11191 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11192 places point before the definition.
11193 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11194
11195 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11196 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11197 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11198
11199 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11200
11201 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11202 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11203
11204 See `find-function' for more details.
11205
11206 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11207
11208 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11209 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11210
11211 See `find-function' for more details.
11212
11213 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11214
11215 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11216 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11217
11218 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11219 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11220 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11221
11222 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11223 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11224
11225 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11226
11227 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11228 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11229
11230 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11231 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11232 places point before the definition.
11233
11234 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11235
11236 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11237 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11238 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11239
11240 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11241
11242 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11243 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11244
11245 See `find-variable' for more details.
11246
11247 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11248
11249 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11250 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11251
11252 See `find-variable' for more details.
11253
11254 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11255
11256 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11257 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11258 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11259 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11260 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11261 buffer nor display it.
11262
11263 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11264 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11265
11266 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11267
11268 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11269 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11270
11271 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11272 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11273 places point before the definition.
11274
11275 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11276
11277 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11278 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11279 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11280
11281 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11282
11283 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11284 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11285 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11286
11287 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11288
11289 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11290 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11291
11292 \(fn)" t nil)
11293
11294 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11295 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11296
11297 \(fn)" t nil)
11298
11299 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11300 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11301
11302 \(fn)" nil nil)
11303
11304 ;;;***
11305 \f
11306 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11307 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18104 24736))
11308 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11309
11310 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11311 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11312
11313 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11314
11315 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11316 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11317
11318 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11319
11320 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11321 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11322
11323 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11324
11325 ;;;***
11326 \f
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11328 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18104 24736))
11329 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11330
11331 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11332 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11333
11334 \(fn)" t nil)
11335
11336 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11337 Display FILE's commentary section.
11338 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11339
11340 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11341
11342 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11343 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11344
11345 \(fn)" t nil)
11346
11347 ;;;***
11348 \f
11349 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11350 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18104 24736))
11351 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11352
11353 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11354 Toggle flow control handling.
11355 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11356 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11357
11358 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11359
11360 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11361 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11362 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11363 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11364 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11365 to get the effect of a C-q.
11366
11367 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11368
11369 ;;;***
11370 \f
11371 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11372 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
11373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11374
11375 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11376 Not documented
11377
11378 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11379
11380 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11381 Not documented
11382
11383 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11384
11385 ;;;***
11386 \f
11387 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11388 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18104 24765))
11389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11390
11391 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11392 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11393 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11394 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11395
11396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11397
11398 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11399 Turn flymake mode on.
11400
11401 \(fn)" nil nil)
11402
11403 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11404 Turn flymake mode off.
11405
11406 \(fn)" nil nil)
11407
11408 ;;;***
11409 \f
11410 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11411 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11412 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18104 24771))
11413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11414
11415 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11416 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11417
11418 \(fn)" t nil)
11419 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11420
11421 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11422 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11423 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11424 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11425 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11426 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11427
11428 Bindings:
11429 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11430 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11431 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11432 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11433
11434 Hooks:
11435 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11436
11437 Remark:
11438 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11439 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11440 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11441
11442 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11443 consider adding:
11444 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11445 in your .emacs file.
11446
11447 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11448 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11449
11450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11451
11452 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11453 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11454
11455 \(fn)" nil nil)
11456
11457 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11458 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11459
11460 \(fn)" nil nil)
11461
11462 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11463 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11464
11465 \(fn)" nil nil)
11466
11467 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11468 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11469
11470 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11471
11472 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11473 Flyspell whole buffer.
11474
11475 \(fn)" t nil)
11476
11477 ;;;***
11478 \f
11479 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11480 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11481 ;;;;;; (18104 24736))
11482 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11483
11484 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11485 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11486
11487 \(fn)" nil nil)
11488
11489 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11490 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11491
11492 \(fn)" nil nil)
11493
11494 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11495 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11496
11497 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11498 of two major techniques:
11499
11500 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11501 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11502 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11503
11504 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11505 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11506 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11507 movement commands.
11508
11509 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11510 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11511 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11512 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11513 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11514 mileage may vary).
11515
11516 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11517 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11518
11519 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11520
11521 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11522 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11523 \(This is the default.)
11524
11525 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11526 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11527
11528 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11529 \\{follow-mode-map}
11530
11531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11532
11533 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11534 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11535
11536 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11537 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11538 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11539 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11540 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11541 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11542
11543 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11544 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11545 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11546
11547 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11548 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11549 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11550
11551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11552
11553 ;;;***
11554 \f
11555 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18104
11556 ;;;;;; 24758))
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11558
11559 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11560 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11561 \\<message-mode-map>
11562 key binding
11563 --- -------
11564
11565 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11566 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11567 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11568 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11569 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11570 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11571
11572 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11573
11574 ;;;***
11575 \f
11576 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11577 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18104 24736))
11578 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11579
11580 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11581 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11582
11583 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11584 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11585 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11586 C-c < forms-first-record <
11587 C-c > forms-last-record >
11588 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11589 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11590 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11591 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11592 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11593 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11594 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11595 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11596 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11597 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11598
11599 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11600
11601 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11602 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11603
11604 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11605
11606 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11607 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11608
11609 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11610
11611 ;;;***
11612 \f
11613 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11614 ;;;;;; (18104 24766))
11615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11616
11617 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11618 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11619 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11620
11621 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11622 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11623
11624 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11625
11626 Key definitions:
11627 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11628
11629 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11630
11631 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11632 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11633 `fortran-do-indent'
11634 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11635 `fortran-if-indent'
11636 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11637 `fortran-structure-indent'
11638 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11639 (default 3)
11640 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11641 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11642 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11643 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11644 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11645 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11646 nil don't change the indentation
11647 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11648 value of either
11649 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11650 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11651 depending on the continuation format in use.
11652 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11653 indentation for a line of code.
11654 (default 'fixed)
11655 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11656 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11657 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11658 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11659 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11660 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11661 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11662 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11663 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11664 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11665 column 5.
11666 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11667 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11668 statements (default nil).
11669 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11670 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11671 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11672 `fortran-continuation-string'
11673 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11674 line (default \"$\").
11675 `fortran-comment-region'
11676 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11677 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11678 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11679 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11680 as typed (default t).
11681 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11682 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11683
11684 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11685 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11686
11687 \(fn)" t nil)
11688
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11692 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18104 24761))
11693 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11694
11695 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11696 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11697
11698 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11699 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11700
11701 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11702
11703 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11704 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11705
11706 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11707 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11708
11709 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11710
11711 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11712 Compile fortune file.
11713
11714 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11715 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11716
11717 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11718
11719 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11720 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11721
11722 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11723 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11724 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11725 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11726
11727 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11728
11729 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11730 Display a fortune cookie.
11731
11732 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11733 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11734 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11735 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11736
11737 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11738
11739 ;;;***
11740 \f
11741 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11742 ;;;;;; (18104 24766))
11743 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11744
11745 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11746 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11747 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11748 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11749
11750 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11751 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11752 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11753 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11754
11755 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11756 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11757 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11758 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11759 some of the buffers.
11760
11761 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11762
11763 The following commands help control operation :
11764
11765 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11766 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11767
11768 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11769 detailed description of this mode.
11770
11771
11772 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11773 | GDB Toolbar |
11774 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11775 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11776 | | |
11777 | | |
11778 | | |
11779 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11780 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11781 | | (comint-mode) |
11782 | | |
11783 | | |
11784 | | |
11785 | | |
11786 | | |
11787 | | |
11788 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11789 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11790 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11791 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11792 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11793 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11794
11795 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11796
11797 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11798 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11799
11800 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11801
11802 ;;;***
11803 \f
11804 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11805 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18104
11806 ;;;;;; 24748))
11807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11808
11809 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11810 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11811 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11812 instead (which see).")
11813
11814 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11815 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11816
11817 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11818 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11819 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11820 documentation string instead.
11821
11822 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11823 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11824 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11825 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11826 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11827 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11828 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11829 enders are actually possible.
11830
11831 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11832 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11833
11834 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11835 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11836 `font-lock-keywords'.
11837
11838 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11839 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11840 runs the macro expansion.
11841
11842 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11843 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11844 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11845
11846 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11847
11848 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11849
11850 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11851 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11852
11853 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11854
11855 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11856 Enter generic mode MODE.
11857
11858 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11859 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11860 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11861
11862 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11863 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11864
11865 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11866
11867 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11868 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11869 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11870 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11871 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11872 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11873 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11874 `font-lock-keywords'.
11875
11876 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11877
11878 ;;;***
11879 \f
11880 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11881 ;;;;;; (18104 24766))
11882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11883
11884 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11885 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11886 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11887 at places they belong to.
11888
11889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11890
11891 ;;;***
11892 \f
11893 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11894 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (18104 24750))
11895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11896
11897 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11898 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11899
11900 Guideline for numbers:
11901 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11902 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11903 inside loops.
11904
11905 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11906
11907 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11908 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11909 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11910
11911 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11912
11913 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11914 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11915
11916 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11917
11918 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11919 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11920
11921 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11922 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11923 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11924 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11925 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11926 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11927
11928 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11929 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11930 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11931 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11932 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11933
11934 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11935
11936 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11937
11938 ;;;***
11939 \f
11940 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11941 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18104 24751))
11942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11943 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11944 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11945
11946 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11947 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11948
11949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11950
11951 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11952 Read network news.
11953 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11954 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11955 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11956 name of an NNTP server to use.
11957 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11958 server.
11959
11960 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11961
11962 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11963 Read news as a slave.
11964
11965 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11966
11967 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11968 Pop up a frame to read news.
11969 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11970 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11971 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11972 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11973 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11974 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11975 current display is used.
11976
11977 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11978
11979 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11980 Read network news.
11981 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11982 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11983 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11984
11985 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11986
11987 ;;;***
11988 \f
11989 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11990 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11991 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11992 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11993 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11994 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18104 24750))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11996
11997 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11998 Start Gnus unplugged.
11999
12000 \(fn)" t nil)
12001
12002 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
12003 Start Gnus plugged.
12004
12005 \(fn)" t nil)
12006
12007 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
12008 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12009
12010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12011
12012 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
12013 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12014
12015 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12016 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12017 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12018
12019 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12020 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12021 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12022
12023 \(fn)" t nil)
12024
12025 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
12026 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12027
12028 \(fn)" nil nil)
12029
12030 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
12031 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12032 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12033 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12034 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12035 supported.
12036
12037 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12038
12039 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
12040 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12041 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12042 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12043 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12044 supported.
12045
12046 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12047
12048 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
12049 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12050
12051 \(fn)" nil nil)
12052
12053 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
12054 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12055 downloaded into the agent.
12056
12057 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12058
12059 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
12060 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12061 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12062 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12063
12064 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12065
12066 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
12067 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12068
12069 \(fn)" t nil)
12070
12071 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12072 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12073
12074 \(fn)" t nil)
12075
12076 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12077 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12078 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12079
12080 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12081
12082 ;;;***
12083 \f
12084 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12085 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12087
12088 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12089 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12090
12091 \(fn)" nil nil)
12092
12093 ;;;***
12094 \f
12095 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12096 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12098
12099 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12100 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12101
12102 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12103
12104 ;;;***
12105 \f
12106 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12107 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12108 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18104
12109 ;;;;;; 24750))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12111
12112 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12113 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12114
12115 Usage:
12116 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12117
12118 \(fn)" t nil)
12119
12120 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12121 Generate the cache active file.
12122
12123 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12124
12125 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12126 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12127
12128 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12129
12130 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12131 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12132 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12133 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12134 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12135 supported.
12136
12137 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12138
12139 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12140 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12141 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12142 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12143 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12144 supported.
12145
12146 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12147
12148 ;;;***
12149 \f
12150 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12151 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18104 24750))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12153
12154 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12155 Delay this article by some time.
12156 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12157
12158 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12159 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12160
12161 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12162 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12163
12164 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12165 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12166
12167 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12170 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12171
12172 \(fn)" t nil)
12173
12174 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12175 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12176 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12177 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12178
12179 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12180 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12181
12182 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12183
12184 ;;;***
12185 \f
12186 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12187 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18104 24750))
12188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12189
12190 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12191 Not documented
12192
12193 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12194
12195 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12196 Not documented
12197
12198 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12199
12200 ;;;***
12201 \f
12202 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12203 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12205
12206 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12207 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12208
12209 \(fn)" nil nil)
12210
12211 ;;;***
12212 \f
12213 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12214 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12216
12217 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12218 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12219
12220 \(fn)" t nil)
12221
12222 ;;;***
12223 \f
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12225 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12226 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18104
12227 ;;;;;; 24750))
12228 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12229
12230 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12231 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12232
12233 \(fn)" t nil)
12234
12235 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12236 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12237
12238 \(fn)" t nil)
12239
12240 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12241 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12242
12243 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12244
12245 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12246 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12247
12248 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12249
12250 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12251 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12252 The PNG is returned as a string.
12253
12254 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12255
12256 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12257 Convert FILE to a Face.
12258 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12259 726 bytes.
12260
12261 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12262
12263 ;;;***
12264 \f
12265 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12266 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18104 24750))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12268
12269 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12270 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12271 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12272
12273 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12274
12275 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12276 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12277
12278 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12279
12280 ;;;***
12281 \f
12282 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12283 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12285
12286 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12287
12288 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12289 Run batched scoring.
12290 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12291
12292 \(fn)" t nil)
12293
12294 ;;;***
12295 \f
12296 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12297 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12298 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12299 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12300
12301 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12302 Not documented
12303
12304 \(fn)" nil nil)
12305
12306 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12307 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12308 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12309
12310 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12311
12312 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12313 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12314
12315 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12316
12317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12318
12319 ;;;***
12320 \f
12321 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12322 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12323 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12325
12326 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12327 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12328 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12329 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12330 group parameters.
12331
12332 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12333 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12334 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12335 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12336
12337 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12338 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12339 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12340 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12341 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12342 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12343 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12344 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12345 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12346 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12347
12348 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12349
12350 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12351 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12352 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12353 nil CATCH-ALL).
12354
12355 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12356 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12357
12358 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12359
12360 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12361 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12362 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12363
12364 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12365
12366 \(fn)" nil nil)
12367
12368 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12369 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12370 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12371
12372 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12373
12374 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12375 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12376 existing groups are considered.
12377
12378 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12379 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12380 returned.
12381
12382 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12383 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12384 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12385 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12386 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12387 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12388 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12389 clauses will be generated.
12390
12391 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12392 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12393 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12394 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12395 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12396 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12397
12398 For example, given the following group parameters:
12399
12400 nnml:mail.bar:
12401 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12402 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12403 nnml:mail.foo:
12404 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12405 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12406 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12407 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12408 nnml:mail.others:
12409 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12410
12411 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12412
12413 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12414 \"mail.bar\")
12415 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12416 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12417 \"mail.others\")
12418
12419 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12420
12421 ;;;***
12422 \f
12423 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12424 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12426
12427 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12428 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12429 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12430
12431 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12432
12433 ;;;***
12434 \f
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12436 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18104 24750))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12438
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12440 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12441 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12442 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12443
12444 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12445
12446 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12447 Mail to ADDRESS.
12448
12449 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12450
12451 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12452 Like `message-reply'.
12453
12454 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12455
12456 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12457
12458 ;;;***
12459 \f
12460 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12461 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18104 24750))
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12463
12464 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12465 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12466
12467 \(fn)" t nil)
12468
12469 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12470 Load the NoCeM cache.
12471
12472 \(fn)" t nil)
12473
12474 ;;;***
12475 \f
12476 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12477 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12478 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12480
12481 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12482 Display picons in the From header.
12483 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12484
12485 \(fn)" t nil)
12486
12487 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12488 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12489 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12490
12491 \(fn)" t nil)
12492
12493 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12494 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12495 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12496
12497 \(fn)" t nil)
12498
12499 ;;;***
12500 \f
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12502 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12503 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12504 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12505 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18104 24750))
12506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12507
12508 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12509 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12510 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12511 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12512
12513 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12514
12515 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12516 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12517 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12518 LIST1 is modified.
12519
12520 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12521
12522 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12523 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12524 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12525
12526 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12527
12528 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12529 Not documented
12530
12531 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12532
12533 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12534 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12535 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12536
12537 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12538
12539 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12540 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12541 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12542
12543 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12544
12545 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12546
12547 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12548 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12549 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12550
12551 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12552
12553 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12554 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12555 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12556
12557 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12558
12559 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12560 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12561 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12562
12563 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12564
12565 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12566 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12567
12568 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12569
12570 ;;;***
12571 \f
12572 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12573 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18104 24750))
12574 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12575
12576 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12577 Not documented
12578
12579 \(fn)" t nil)
12580
12581 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12582 Install the registry hooks.
12583
12584 \(fn)" t nil)
12585
12586 ;;;***
12587 \f
12588 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12589 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18104
12590 ;;;;;; 24750))
12591 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12592
12593 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12594 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12595 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12596 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12597 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12598 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12599
12600 \(fn)" t nil)
12601
12602 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12603 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12604 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12605 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12606 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12607
12608 \(fn)" t nil)
12609
12610 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12611 Not documented
12612
12613 \(fn)" t nil)
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12618 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12620
12621 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12622 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12623 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12624 for matching on group names.
12625
12626 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12627 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12628
12629 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12630
12631 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12632
12633 \(fn)" t nil)
12634
12635 ;;;***
12636 \f
12637 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12638 ;;;;;; (18104 24750))
12639 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12640
12641 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12642 Update the format specification near point.
12643
12644 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12645
12646 ;;;***
12647 \f
12648 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12649 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18104
12650 ;;;;;; 24750))
12651 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12652
12653 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12654 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12655
12656 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12657
12658 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12659 Not documented
12660
12661 \(fn)" nil nil)
12662
12663 ;;;***
12664 \f
12665 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12666 ;;;;;; (18104 24751))
12667 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12668
12669 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12670 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12671
12672 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12673
12674 ;;;***
12675 \f
12676 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18104 24761))
12677 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12678
12679 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12680 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12681
12682 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12683 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12684 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12685
12686 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12687 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12688 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12689
12690 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12691 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12692
12693 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12694 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12695
12696 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12697
12698 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12699
12700 ;;;***
12701 \f
12702 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12703 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18104 24759))
12704 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12705
12706 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12707
12708 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12709 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12710 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12711 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12712 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12713
12714 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12715
12716 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12717 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12718 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12719 or to send e-mail.
12720 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12721 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12722
12723 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12724 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12725
12726 \(fn)" t nil)
12727 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12728
12729 ;;;***
12730 \f
12731 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12732 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12733 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18104 24766))
12734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12735
12736 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12737 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12738
12739 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12740
12741 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12742 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12743 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12744 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12745 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12746
12747 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12748 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12749
12750 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12751
12752 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12753 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12754 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12755 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12756
12757 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12758
12759 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12760 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12761
12762 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12763
12764 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12765 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12766
12767 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12768 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12769 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12770
12771 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12772 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12773 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12774
12775 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12776 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12777 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12778 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12779 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12780
12781 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12782
12783 (defvar grep-history nil)
12784
12785 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12786
12787 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12788 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12789 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12790
12791 \(fn)" nil nil)
12792
12793 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12794 Not documented
12795
12796 \(fn)" nil nil)
12797
12798 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12799 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12800
12801 \(fn)" nil nil)
12802
12803 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12804 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12805 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12806 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12807 where grep found matches.
12808
12809 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12810 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12811
12812 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12813 easily repeat a grep command.
12814
12815 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12816 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12817 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12818 if that history list is empty).
12819
12820 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12821
12822 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12823 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12824 Collect output in a buffer.
12825 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12826 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12827
12828 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12829 easily repeat a find command.
12830
12831 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12832
12833 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12834
12835 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12836 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12837 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12838 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12839 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12840
12841 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12842 before it is executed.
12843 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12844
12845 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12846 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12847 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12848
12849 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12850
12851 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12852
12853 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12854 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12855 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12856 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12857 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12858
12859 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12860 before it is executed.
12861 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12862
12863 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12864 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12865 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12866
12867 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12868
12869 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12870
12871 ;;;***
12872 \f
12873 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18104 24737))
12874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12875
12876 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12877 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12878 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12879 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12880 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12881
12882 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12883
12884 ;;;***
12885 \f
12886 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12887 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18104 24766))
12888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12889
12890 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12891 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12892 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12893 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12894 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12895 `gdba' for more information.
12896
12897 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12898 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12899 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12900 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12901 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12902 session.
12903
12904 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12905
12906 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12907 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12908 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12909 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12910
12911 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12912
12913 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12914 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12915 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12916 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12917
12918 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12919
12920 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12921 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12922 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12923 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12924
12925 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12926 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12927
12928 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12929
12930 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12931 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12932 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12933 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12934
12935 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12936
12937 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12938 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12939 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12940 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12941
12942 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12943
12944 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12945 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12946 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12947 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12948 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12949
12950 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12951 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12952 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12953 original source file access method.
12954
12955 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12956 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12957
12958 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12959 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12960
12961 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12962
12963 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12964 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12965
12966 \(fn)" t nil)
12967
12968 ;;;***
12969 \f
12970 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18104
12971 ;;;;;; 24761))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12973
12974 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12975 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12976 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12977 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12978
12979 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12980 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12981 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12982 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12983
12984 \(fn)" t nil)
12985
12986 ;;;***
12987 \f
12988 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12989 ;;;;;; (17754 24255))
12990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12991
12992 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12993 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12994
12995 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12996
12997 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12998 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12999 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13000 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13001
13002 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13003
13004 \(fn)" t nil)
13005
13006 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
13007 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13008 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13009 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13010 to be updated.
13011
13012 \(fn)" t nil)
13013
13014 ;;;***
13015 \f
13016 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13017 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13018 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13019 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18104 24737))
13020 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13021
13022 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
13023 Return the help-echo string at point.
13024 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13025 property, or nil, is returned.
13026 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13027 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13028 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13029
13030 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13031
13032 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
13033 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13034 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13035 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13036 this produces no string either, return nil.
13037
13038 \(fn)" nil nil)
13039
13040 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
13041 Display local help in the echo area.
13042 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13043 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13044 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13045 printed instead.
13046
13047 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13048 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13049 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13050
13051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13052
13053 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13054 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13055 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13056
13057 \(fn)" t nil)
13058
13059 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13060 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13061 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13062
13063 \(fn)" t nil)
13064
13065 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
13066 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13067 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13068 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13069 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13070 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13071 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13072 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13073 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13074 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13075 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13076
13077 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13078 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13079 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13080 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13081 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13082
13083 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13084 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13085 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13086 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13087 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13088 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13089 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13090 The default is `never'.")
13091
13092 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13093
13094 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13095 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13096 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13097 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13098 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13099 considered different regions.
13100
13101 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13102 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13103 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13104 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13105 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13106 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13107 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13108 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13109 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13110
13111 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13112
13113 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13114 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13115 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13116 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13117 different regions.
13118
13119 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13120 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13121 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13122 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13123 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13124 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13125 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13126 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13127
13128 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13129 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13130 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13131 rarely happens in practice.
13132
13133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13134
13135 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13136 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13137 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13138 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13139 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13140 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13141
13142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13143
13144 ;;;***
13145 \f
13146 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13147 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13148 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13149 ;;;;;; (18104 24737))
13150 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13151
13152 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13153 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13154
13155 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13156
13157 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13158 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13159 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13160
13161 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13162
13163 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13164 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13165
13166 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13167
13168 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13169 Not documented
13170
13171 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13172
13173 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13174 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13175 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13176 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13177
13178 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13179
13180 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13181 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13182 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13183 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13184 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13185 it is displayed along with the global value.
13186
13187 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13188
13189 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13190 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13191 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13192 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13193
13194 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13197 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13198 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13199 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13200 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13201
13202 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13203
13204 ;;;***
13205 \f
13206 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13207 ;;;;;; (18104 24737))
13208 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13209
13210 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13211 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13212 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13213 and window listing and describing the options.
13214 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13215 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13216
13217 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13218
13219 ;;;***
13220 \f
13221 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13222 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13223 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18104 24737))
13224 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13225
13226 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13227 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13228 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13229 Commands:
13230 \\{help-mode-map}
13231
13232 \(fn)" t nil)
13233
13234 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13235 Not documented
13236
13237 \(fn)" nil nil)
13238
13239 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13240 Not documented
13241
13242 \(fn)" nil nil)
13243
13244 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13245 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13246
13247 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13248 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13249 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13250 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13251
13252 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13253 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13254 restore it properly when going back.
13255
13256 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13257
13258 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13259 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13260
13261 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13262 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13263 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13264 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13265 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13266 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13267 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13268 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13269
13270 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13271 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13272 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13273 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13274
13275 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13276 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13277 that.
13278
13279 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13280
13281 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13282 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13283 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13284 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13285 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13286 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13287
13288 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13289
13290 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13291 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13292 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13293 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13294 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13295
13296 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13297
13298 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13299 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13300
13301 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13302
13303 ;;;***
13304 \f
13305 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13306 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18104 24748))
13307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13308
13309 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13310 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13311
13312 \(fn)" t nil)
13313
13314 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13315 Provide help for current mode.
13316
13317 \(fn)" t nil)
13318
13319 ;;;***
13320 \f
13321 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13322 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18104 24737))
13323 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13324
13325 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13326 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13327 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13328 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13329 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13330
13331 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13332 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13333
13334 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13335 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13336 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13337 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13338
13339 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13340 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13341 periods.
13342
13343 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13344 in hexl format.
13345
13346 A sample format:
13347
13348 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13349 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13350 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13351 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13352 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13353 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13354 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13355 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13356 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13357 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13358 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13359 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13360 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13361 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13362 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13363
13364 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13365 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13366 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13367
13368 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13369 also supported.
13370
13371 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13372
13373 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13374 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13375 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13376
13377 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13378 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13379 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13380
13381 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13382 into the buffer at the current point.
13383
13384 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13385 into the buffer at the current point.
13386
13387 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13388 into the buffer at the current point.
13389
13390 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13391
13392 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13393 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13394
13395 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13396
13397 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13398
13399 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13400
13401 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13402 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13403 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13404 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13405
13406 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13407
13408 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13409 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13410 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13411
13412 \(fn)" t nil)
13413
13414 ;;;***
13415 \f
13416 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13417 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13418 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13419 ;;;;;; (18104 24737))
13420 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13421
13422 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13423 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13424
13425 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13426 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13427 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13428 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13429 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13430 called interactively, are:
13431
13432 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13433 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13434
13435 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13436 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13437 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13438 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13439
13440 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13441 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13442
13443 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13444 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13445
13446 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13447 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13448 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13449 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13450 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13451 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13452 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13453 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13454 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13455 function returns t.
13456
13457 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13458 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13459
13460 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13461 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13462 form:
13463 Hi-lock: FOO
13464 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13465 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13466 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13467 Patterns will be read until
13468 Hi-lock: end
13469 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13470
13471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13472
13473 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13474 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13475 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13476 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13477 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13478 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13479
13480 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13481
13482 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13483 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13484 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13485 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13486 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13487
13488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13489
13490 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13491
13492 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13493 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13494
13495 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13496 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13497 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13498 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13499
13500 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13501
13502 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13503
13504 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13505 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13506
13507 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13508 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13509 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13510 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13511
13512 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13513
13514 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13515
13516 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13517 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13518
13519 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13520 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13521
13522 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13523
13524 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13525
13526 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13527 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13528
13529 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13530 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13531 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13532 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13533 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13534
13535 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13536
13537 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13538 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13539
13540 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13541 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13542 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13543
13544 \(fn)" t nil)
13545
13546 ;;;***
13547 \f
13548 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13549 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18104 24766))
13550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13551
13552 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13553 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13554 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13555 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13556 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13557 how the hiding is done:
13558
13559 `hide-ifdef-env'
13560 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13561 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13562 is used.
13563
13564 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13565 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13566 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13567 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13568 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13569
13570 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13571 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13572 #endif lines when hiding.
13573
13574 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13575 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13576 is activated.
13577
13578 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13579 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13580 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13581
13582 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13583
13584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13585
13586 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13587 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13588
13589 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13590
13591 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13592 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13593
13594 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13595
13596 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13597 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13598
13599 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13600
13601 ;;;***
13602 \f
13603 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13604 ;;;;;; (18104 24766))
13605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13606
13607 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13608 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13609 Each element has the form
13610 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13611
13612 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13613 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13614
13615 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13616 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13617
13618 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13619 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13620 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13621 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13622 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13623 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13624
13625 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13626 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13627
13628 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13629 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13630
13631 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13632 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13633 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13634
13635 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13636 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13637 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13638 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13639 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13640 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13641
13642 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13643 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13644 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13645
13646 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13647 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13648
13649 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13650
13651 Key bindings:
13652 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13653
13654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13655
13656 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13657 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13658
13659 \(fn)" nil nil)
13660
13661 ;;;***
13662 \f
13663 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13664 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13665 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13666 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13667 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18104 24737))
13668 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13669
13670 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13671 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13672 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13673
13674 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13675
13676 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13677 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13678
13679 Without an argument:
13680 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13681 or passive state as determined by the variable
13682 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13683 and passive state.
13684
13685 With an argument ARG:
13686 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13687 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13688 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13689
13690 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13691 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13692 not displayed in a different face.
13693
13694 Functions:
13695 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13696 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13697 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13698 buffer with the contents of a file
13699 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13700 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13701 various faces
13702
13703 Hook variables:
13704 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13705 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13706 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13707
13708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13709
13710 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13711 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13712
13713 \(fn)" t nil)
13714
13715 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13716 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13717
13718 \(fn)" t nil)
13719
13720 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13721 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13722
13723 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13724 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13725 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13726 shown in the last face in the list.
13727
13728 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13729 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13730 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13731
13732 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13733
13734 \(fn)" t nil)
13735
13736 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13737 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13738
13739 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13740
13741 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13742 to save the file.
13743
13744 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13745 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13746
13747 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13748 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13749 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13750
13751 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13752
13753 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13754 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13755
13756 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13757 this function is called interactively.
13758
13759 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13760 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13761 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13762
13763 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13764 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13765 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13766
13767 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13768
13769 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13770 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13771
13772 When called interactively:
13773 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13774 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13775 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13776 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13777
13778 When called from a program:
13779 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13780 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13781 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13782 - otherwise just turn it on
13783
13784 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13785 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13786 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13787 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13788
13789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13790
13791 ;;;***
13792 \f
13793 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13794 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13795 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13796 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13797 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18104 24737))
13798 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13799
13800 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13801 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13802 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13803 or insert functions in this list.")
13804
13805 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13806
13807 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13808 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13809
13810 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13811
13812 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13813 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13814
13815 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13816
13817 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13818 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13819
13820 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13821
13822 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13823 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13824
13825 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13826
13827 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13828 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13829 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13830
13831 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13832
13833 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13834 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13835 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13836 \(as atoms)")
13837
13838 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13839
13840 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13841 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13842 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13843 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13844 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13845
13846 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13847
13848 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13849 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13850 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13851 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13852 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13853 expansions.
13854 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13855 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13856 undoes the expansion.
13857
13858 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13859
13860 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13861 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13862 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13863 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13864
13865 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13866
13867 ;;;***
13868 \f
13869 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13870 ;;;;;; (18104 24737))
13871 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13872
13873 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13874 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13875 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13876
13877 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13878 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13879 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13880 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13881 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13882
13883 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13884 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13885 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13886 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13887
13888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13889
13890 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13891 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13892 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13894 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13895 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13896
13897 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13898
13899 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13900 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13901 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13902
13903 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13904 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13905
13906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13907
13908 ;;;***
13909 \f
13910 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13911 ;;;;;; (18104 24745))
13912 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13913
13914 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13915 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13916 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13917
13918 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13919
13920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13921
13922 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13923 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13924
13925 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13926 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13927 different list. For example,
13928
13929 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13930 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13931
13932 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13933 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13934
13935 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13936 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13937 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13938 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13939 of a holiday list.
13940
13941 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13942
13943 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13944
13945 ;;;***
13946 \f
13947 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18104
13948 ;;;;;; 24751))
13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13950
13951 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13952 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13953
13954 \(fn)" t nil)
13955
13956 ;;;***
13957 \f
13958 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13959 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13960 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13961 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13962 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13963 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13964 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13965 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13966 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13967 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13968 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13969 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13970 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13971 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13972 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13973 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13974 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13975 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13976 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13977 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13978 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13979 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13980 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18104 24737))
13981 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13982
13983 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13985 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13986
13987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13988
13989 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13990 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13991
13992 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13993
13994 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13995 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13996
13997 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13998
13999 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14000 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
14001
14002 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
14003
14004 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14005 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
14006
14007 \(fn)" t nil)
14008
14009 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14010 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14011
14012 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14013
14014 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14015 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14016
14017 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14018 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
14019 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14020 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14021 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14022 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14023 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14024 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14025 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14026 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14027 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14028 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14029
14030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
14031 Not documented
14032
14033 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14034
14035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14037
14038 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14039
14040 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14041 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14042
14043 \(fn)" t nil)
14044
14045 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14046 Remove the first filter group.
14047
14048 \(fn)" t nil)
14049
14050 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14051 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14052
14053 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14054
14055 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14056 Remove all filter groups.
14057
14058 \(fn)" t nil)
14059
14060 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14061 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14062
14063 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14064
14065 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14066 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14067 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14068
14069 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14070
14071 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14072 Kill the filter group at point.
14073 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14074
14075 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14076
14077 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14078 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14079
14080 \(fn)" t nil)
14081
14082 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14083 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14084
14085 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14086
14087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14089 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14090 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14091
14092 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14093
14094 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14095 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14096 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14097
14098 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14099
14100 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14101 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14102 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14103 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14104 of replacing the current filters.
14105
14106 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14107
14108 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14109 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14110
14111 \(fn)" t nil)
14112
14113 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14114 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14115
14116 \(fn)" t nil)
14117
14118 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14119 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14120
14121 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14122 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14123 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14124
14125 \(fn)" t nil)
14126
14127 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14128 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14129
14130 \(fn)" t nil)
14131
14132 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14133 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14134
14135 \(fn)" t nil)
14136
14137 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14138 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14139 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14140 filter into parts.
14141
14142 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14143
14144 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14145 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14146 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14147
14148 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14149
14150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14152
14153 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14154
14155 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14156 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14157
14158 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14159
14160 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14161 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14162 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14163 of replacing the current filters.
14164
14165 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14167 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14168 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14170 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14171 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14172 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14173 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14174
14175 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14176 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14177 Default sorting modes are:
14178 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14179 Name - the name of the buffer
14180 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14181 Size - the size of the buffer
14182
14183 \(fn)" t nil)
14184
14185 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14186 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14187
14188 \(fn)" t nil)
14189 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14190 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14191 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14192 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14193
14194 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14195 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14196
14197 \(fn)" t nil)
14198
14199 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14200 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14201 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14202 for this Ibuffer session.
14203
14204 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14205
14206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14208 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14209 for this Ibuffer session.
14210
14211 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14212
14213 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14214 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14215
14216 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14217 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14218
14219 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14220 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14221
14222 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14223
14224 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14225 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14226
14227 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14228 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14229
14230 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14231
14232 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14233 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14234
14235 \(fn)" t nil)
14236
14237 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14238 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14239
14240 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14241 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14242 hidden group filter, open it.
14243
14244 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14245 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14246 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14247
14248 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14249
14250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14251 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14252 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14253
14254 \(fn)" t nil)
14255
14256 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14257 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14258
14259 The names are separated by a space.
14260 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14261
14262 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14263 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14264 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14265 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14266
14267 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14268
14269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14270
14271 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14272 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14273
14274 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14275
14276 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14277 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14278
14279 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14280
14281 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14282 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14283
14284 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14285
14286 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14287 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14288
14289 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14290
14291 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14292 Mark all modified buffers.
14293
14294 \(fn)" t nil)
14295
14296 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14297 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14298
14299 \(fn)" t nil)
14300
14301 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14302 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14303
14304 \(fn)" t nil)
14305
14306 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14307 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14308
14309 \(fn)" t nil)
14310
14311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14312 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14313
14314 \(fn)" t nil)
14315
14316 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14317 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14318
14319 \(fn)" t nil)
14320
14321 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14322 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14323
14324 \(fn)" t nil)
14325
14326 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14327 Mark all read-only buffers.
14328
14329 \(fn)" t nil)
14330
14331 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14332 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14333
14334 \(fn)" t nil)
14335
14336 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14337 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14338 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14339 defaults to one.
14340
14341 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14342
14343 ;;;***
14344 \f
14345 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14346 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18104
14347 ;;;;;; 24737))
14348 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14349
14350 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14351 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14352
14353 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14354 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14355 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14356
14357 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14358 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14359 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14360 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14361 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14362 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14363
14364 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14365 title of the column.
14366
14367 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14368 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14369 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14370 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14371 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14372
14373 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14374
14375 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14376 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14377 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14378 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14379 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14380
14381 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14382 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14383 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14384
14385 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14386
14387 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14388 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14389 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14390 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14391 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14392 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14393
14394 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14395 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14396 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14397 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14398 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14399 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14400 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14401 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14402 values are:
14403 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14404 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14405 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14406 buffer's modification flag.
14407 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14408 prompted before performing this operation.
14409 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14410 operation is complete, in the form:
14411 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14412 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14413 confirmation message, in the form:
14414 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14415 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14416 macro for exactly what it does.
14417
14418 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14419
14420 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14421 Define a filter named NAME.
14422 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14423 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14424 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14425
14426 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14427 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14428 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14429 bound to the current value of the filter.
14430
14431 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14432
14433 ;;;***
14434 \f
14435 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14436 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18104 24737))
14437 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14438
14439 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14440 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14441 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14442 buffers which are visiting a file.
14443
14444 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14445
14446 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14447 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14448 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14449 buffers which are visiting a file.
14450
14451 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14452
14453 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14454 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14455 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14456
14457 All arguments are optional.
14458 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14459 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14460 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14461 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14462 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14463 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14464 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14465 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14466 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14467 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14468 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14469 that value locally in this buffer.
14470
14471 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14472
14473 ;;;***
14474 \f
14475 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14476 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14477 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18104 24745))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14479
14480 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14481 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14482 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14483 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14484
14485 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14486
14487 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14488 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14489 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14490 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14491 ICAL-FILENAME.
14492 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14493 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14494 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14495
14496 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14497
14498 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14499 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14500 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14501 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14502 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14503 non-marking or not.
14504
14505 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14506
14507 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14508 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14509
14510 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14511 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14512 DIARY-FILE.
14513
14514 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14515 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14516 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14517
14518 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14519 non-marking.
14520
14521 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14522 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14523 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14524
14525 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14526
14527 ;;;***
14528 \f
14529 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18104
14530 ;;;;;; 24737))
14531 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14532
14533 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14534 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14535 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14537 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14538 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14539
14540 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14541
14542 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14543 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14544 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14545
14546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14547
14548 ;;;***
14549 \f
14550 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18104 24766))
14551 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14552
14553 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14554 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14555 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14556 Tab indents for Icon code.
14557 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14558 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14559 \\{icon-mode-map}
14560 Variables controlling indentation style:
14561 icon-tab-always-indent
14562 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14563 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14564 icon-auto-newline
14565 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14566 inserted in Icon code.
14567 icon-indent-level
14568 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14569 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14570 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14571 icon-continued-statement-offset
14572 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14573 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14574 icon-continued-brace-offset
14575 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14576 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14577 icon-brace-offset
14578 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14579 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14580 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14581 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14582
14583 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14584 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14585
14586 \(fn)" t nil)
14587
14588 ;;;***
14589 \f
14590 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14591 ;;;;;; (18104 24767))
14592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14593
14594 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14595 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14596 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14597 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14598
14599 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14600 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14601 separate frames.
14602
14603 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14604 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14605
14606 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14607 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14608 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14609
14610 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14611
14612 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14613
14614 ;;;***
14615 \f
14616 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14617 ;;;;;; (18104 24767))
14618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14619
14620 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14621 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14622
14623 The main features of this mode are
14624
14625 1. Indentation and Formatting
14626 --------------------------
14627 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14628 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14629
14630 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14631 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14632 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14633 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14634
14635 Comments are indented as follows:
14636
14637 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14638 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14639 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14640
14641 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14642
14643 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14644 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14645 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14646 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14647 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14648 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14649
14650 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14651 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14652 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14653 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14654
14655 2. Routine Info
14656 ------------
14657 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14658 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14659 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14660 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14661 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14662 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14663 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14664 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14665 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14666 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14667
14668 3. Online IDL Help
14669 ---------------
14670
14671 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14672 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14673 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14674 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14675
14676 4. Completion
14677 ----------
14678 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14679 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14680 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14681 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14682 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14683 upper case.
14684
14685 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14686 --------------------------------
14687 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14688 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14689
14690 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14691 \\fu FUNCTION template
14692 \\c CASE statement template
14693 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14694 \\f FOR loop template
14695 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14696 \\w WHILE loop template
14697 \\i IF statement template
14698 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14699 \\b BEGIN
14700
14701 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14702 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14703
14704 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14705 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14706 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14707 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14708
14709 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14710 -------------------------
14711 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14712 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14713
14714 7. Automatic END completion
14715 ------------------------
14716 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14717 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14718
14719 8. Hooks
14720 -----
14721 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14722 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14723
14724 9. Documentation and Customization
14725 -------------------------------
14726 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14727 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14728 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14729 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14730 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14731
14732 10.Keybindings
14733 -----------
14734 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14735 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14736 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14737
14738 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14739
14740 \(fn)" t nil)
14741 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14742
14743 ;;;***
14744 \f
14745 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14746 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14747 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14748 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14749 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14750 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14751 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14752 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18104
14753 ;;;;;; 24737))
14754 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14755
14756 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14757 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14758 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14759 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14760 displaying...)
14761 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14762 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14763 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14764
14765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14766 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14767
14768 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14769
14770 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14771 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14772 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14773 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14774 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14775 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14776 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14777 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14778 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14779
14780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14781
14782 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14783 Switch to another buffer.
14784 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14785 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14786 in another frame.
14787
14788 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14789 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14790 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14791 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14792 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14793
14794 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14795 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14796
14797 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14798 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14799
14800 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14801 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14802 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14803 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14804 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14805 in a separate window.
14806 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14807 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14808 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14809 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14810 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14811 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14812 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14813 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14814 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14815
14816 \(fn)" t nil)
14817
14818 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14819 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14820 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14821 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14822
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14824
14825 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14826 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14827 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14828 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14829
14830 \(fn)" t nil)
14831
14832 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14833 Kill a buffer.
14834 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14835 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14836
14837 \(fn)" t nil)
14838
14839 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14840 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14841 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14842 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14843
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14845
14846 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14847 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14848 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14849 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14850
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14852
14853 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14854 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14855
14856 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14857
14858 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14859 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14860 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14861 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14862 visible in another frame.
14863
14864 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14865 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14866 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14867 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14868 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14869 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14870
14871 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14872 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14873
14874 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14875 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14876
14877 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14878 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14879 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14880 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14881 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14882 in a separate window.
14883 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14884 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14885 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14886 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14887 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14888 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14889 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14890 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14891 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14892 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14893 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14894 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14895 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14896 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14897 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14898
14899 \(fn)" t nil)
14900
14901 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14902 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14903 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14904 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14905
14906 \(fn)" t nil)
14907
14908 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14909 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14910 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14911 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14912
14913 \(fn)" t nil)
14914
14915 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14916 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14917 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14918 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14919
14920 \(fn)" t nil)
14921
14922 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14923 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14924 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14925 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14926
14927 \(fn)" t nil)
14928
14929 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14930 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14931 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14932 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14933
14934 \(fn)" t nil)
14935
14936 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14937 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14938 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14939 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14940
14941 \(fn)" t nil)
14942
14943 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14944 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14945 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14946 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14947
14948 \(fn)" t nil)
14949
14950 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14951 Write current buffer to a file.
14952 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14953 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14954
14955 \(fn)" t nil)
14956
14957 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14958 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14959 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14960 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14961
14962 \(fn)" t nil)
14963
14964 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14965 Call `dired' the ido way.
14966 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14967 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14968
14969 \(fn)" t nil)
14970
14971 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14972 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14973 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14974 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14975 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14976 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14977
14978 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14979
14980 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14981 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14982 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14983 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14984
14985 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14986
14987 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14988 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14989 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14990 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14991
14992 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14993
14994 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14995 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14996 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14997 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14998 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14999 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
15000 with `completing-read'.
15001 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15002 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15003 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15004 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15005 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15006 with point positioned at the end.
15007 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15008 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15009
15010 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
15011
15012 ;;;***
15013 \f
15014 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18104 24737))
15015 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15016 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
15017
15018 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
15019 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15020 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15021
15022 \(fn)" t nil)
15023
15024 ;;;***
15025 \f
15026 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15027 ;;;;;; (18104 24737))
15028 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15029
15030 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
15031 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15032
15033 \(fn)" t nil)
15034
15035 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
15036 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15037
15038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15039
15040 ;;;***
15041 \f
15042 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15043 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15044 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15045 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15046 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18104 24737))
15047 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15048
15049 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
15050 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15051 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15052 be determined.
15053
15054 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15055
15056 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
15057 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15058 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15059 be determined.
15060
15061 \(fn)" nil nil)
15062
15063 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15064 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15065 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15066 be determined.
15067
15068 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15069
15070 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15071 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15072 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15073 be determined.
15074
15075 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15076
15077 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15078 Determine and return image type.
15079 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15080 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15081 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15082 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15083 use its file extension as image type.
15084 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15085
15086 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15087
15088 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15089 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15090 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15091
15092 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15093
15094 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15095 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15096 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15097
15098 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15099 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15100 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15101
15102 \(fn)" nil nil)
15103
15104 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15105 Create an image.
15106 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15107 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15108 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15109 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15110 use its file extension as image type.
15111 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15112 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15113 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15114 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15115
15116 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15117
15118 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15119
15120 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15121 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15122 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15123 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15124 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15125 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15126 POS may be an integer or marker.
15127 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15128 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15129 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15130 means display it in the right marginal area.
15131
15132 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15133
15134 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15135 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15136 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15137 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15138 defaulted if you omit it.
15139 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15140 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15141 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15142 means display it in the right marginal area.
15143 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15144 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15145 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15146 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15147 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15148
15149 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15150
15151 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15152 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15153 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15154 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15155 defaulted if you omit it.
15156 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15157 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15158 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15159 means display it in the right marginal area.
15160 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15161
15162 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15163
15164 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15165 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15166 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15167 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15168
15169 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15170
15171 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15172 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15173
15174 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15175
15176 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15177 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15178 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15179 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15180 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15181 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15182 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15183 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15184 satisfied.
15185
15186 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15187
15188 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15189
15190 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15191
15192 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15193 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15194
15195 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15196 documentation string.
15197
15198 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15199 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15200 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15201 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15202 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15203 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15204 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15205 define SYMBOL.
15206
15207 Example:
15208
15209 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15210 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15211
15212 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15213
15214 ;;;***
15215 \f
15216 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15217 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15218 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15219 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15220 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15221 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15222 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15223 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18104 24737))
15224 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15225
15226 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15227 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15228
15229 \(fn)" t nil)
15230
15231 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15232 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15233
15234 Convenience command that:
15235
15236 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15237 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15238 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15239
15240 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15241 image files in dired and type
15242 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15243
15244 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15245
15246 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15247 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15248
15249 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15250
15251 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15252 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15253 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15254 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15255 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15256 another one).
15257
15258 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15259 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15260 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15261
15262 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15263 instead of erasing it first.
15264
15265 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15266 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15267 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15268 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15269 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15270 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15271
15272 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15273
15274 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15275 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15276 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15277 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15278 displayed.
15279
15280 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15281
15282 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15283
15284 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15285
15286 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15287 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15288
15289 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15290
15291 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15292 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15293 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15294
15295 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15296
15297 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15298 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15299
15300 \(fn)" t nil)
15301
15302 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15303 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15304 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15305 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15306
15307 \(fn)" t nil)
15308
15309 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15310 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15311
15312 \(fn)" t nil)
15313
15314 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15315 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15316
15317 \(fn)" t nil)
15318
15319 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15320 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15321
15322 \(fn)" t nil)
15323
15324 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15325 Display current image file.
15326 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15327 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15328
15329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15330
15331 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15332 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15333
15334 \(fn)" t nil)
15335
15336 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15337 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15338 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15339 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15340 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15341 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15342 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15343
15344 \(fn)" t nil)
15345
15346 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15347 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15348 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15349 easy-to-use form.
15350
15351 \(fn)" t nil)
15352
15353 ;;;***
15354 \f
15355 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15356 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15357 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18104 24737))
15358 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15359
15360 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15361 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15362 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15363 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15364
15365 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15366 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15367 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15368 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15369
15370 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15371
15372 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15373 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15374 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15375 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15376
15377 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15378 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15379 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15380 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15381
15382 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15383
15384 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15385 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15386
15387 \(fn)" nil nil)
15388
15389 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15390 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15391 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15392 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15393
15394 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15395
15396 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15397 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15398 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15399 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15400 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15401 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15402
15403 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15404
15405 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15406 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15407 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15408 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15409
15410 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15411 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15412 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15413
15414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15415
15416 ;;;***
15417 \f
15418 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15419 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18104 24737))
15420 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15421 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15422 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15423 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15424 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15425 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15426 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15427
15428 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15429 Major mode for image files.
15430 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15431 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15432
15433 \(fn)" t nil)
15434
15435 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15436 Toggle Image minor mode.
15437 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15438 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15439
15440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15441
15442 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15443 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15444 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15445 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15446 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15447 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15448
15449 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15450 information on these modes.
15451
15452 \(fn)" t nil)
15453
15454 ;;;***
15455 \f
15456 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15457 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18104 24737))
15458 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15459
15460 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15461 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15462
15463 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15464
15465 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15466 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15467 in the buffer.
15468
15469 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15470
15471 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15472 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15473 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15474
15475 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15476
15477 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15478 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15479
15480 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15481 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15482 pattern's structure.
15483
15484 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15485 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15486 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15487 during matching.")
15488
15489 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15490
15491 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15492 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15493
15494 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15495 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15496 called within a `save-excursion'.
15497
15498 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15499
15500 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15501
15502 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15503 Function for finding the next index position.
15504
15505 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15506 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15507 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15508 file.
15509
15510 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15511 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15512
15513 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15514
15515 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15516 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15517
15518 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15519 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15520 It should return the name for that index item.")
15521
15522 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15523
15524 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15525 Function to compare string with index item.
15526
15527 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15528 non-nil if they match.
15529
15530 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15531 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15532 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15533 arguments match\".")
15534
15535 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15536
15537 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15538 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15539 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15540
15541 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15542
15543 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15544
15545 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15546
15547 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15548 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15549 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15550 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15551
15552 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15553
15554 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15555 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15556
15557 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15558
15559 \(fn)" t nil)
15560
15561 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15562 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15563 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15564 for more information.
15565
15566 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15567
15568 ;;;***
15569 \f
15570 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15571 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15572 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18104 24757))
15573 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15574
15575 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15576 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15577
15578 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15579
15580 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15581 Not documented
15582
15583 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15584
15585 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15586 Not documented
15587
15588 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15589
15590 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15591 Not documented
15592
15593 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15594
15595 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15596 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15597 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15598 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15599 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15600
15601 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15602
15603 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15604 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15605 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15606 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15607 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15608
15609 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15610
15611 ;;;***
15612 \f
15613 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15614 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15615 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18104 24767))
15616 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15617
15618 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15619 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15620 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15621 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15622 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15623
15624 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15625
15626 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15627 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15628
15629 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15630
15631 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15632 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15633 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15634 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15635 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15636 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15637 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15638 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15639
15640 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15641
15642 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15643 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15644 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15645 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15646 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15647
15648 This variable is only used if the variable
15649 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15650
15651 More precise choices:
15652 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15653 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15654 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15655
15656 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15657
15658 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15659
15660 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15661 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15662
15663 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15664 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15665 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15666 to that buffer.
15667 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15668 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15669 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15670 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15671
15672 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15673 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15674
15675 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15676
15677 ;;;***
15678 \f
15679 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15680 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15681 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15682 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18104 24737))
15683 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15684
15685 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15686 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15687
15688 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15689 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15690 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15691
15692 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15693 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15694 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15695 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15696 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15697 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15698 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15699 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15700 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15701 with the top-level Info directory.
15702
15703 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15704 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15705 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15706 appended to the Info buffer name.
15707
15708 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15709 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15710 in all the directories in that path.
15711
15712 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15713
15714 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15715 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15716
15717 \(fn)" t nil)
15718
15719 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15720 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15721 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15722 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15723
15724 \(fn)" nil nil)
15725
15726 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15727 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15728 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15729 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15730
15731 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15732
15733 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15734 Go to the Info directory node.
15735
15736 \(fn)" t nil)
15737
15738 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15739 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15740 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15741 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15742 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15743 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15744
15745 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15746
15747 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15748 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15749 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15750
15751 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15752
15753 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15754 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15755 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15756 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15757 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15758
15759 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15760 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15761
15762 Selecting other nodes:
15763 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15764 Follow a node reference you click on.
15765 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15766 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15767 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15768 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15769 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15770 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15771 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15772 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15773 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15774 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15775 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15776 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15777 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15778 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15779 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15780 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15781 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15782 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15783 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15784 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15785
15786 Moving within a node:
15787 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15788 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15789 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15790 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15791 move up to the parent node.
15792 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15793 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15794 if there is none.
15795 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15796
15797 Advanced commands:
15798 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15799 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15800 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15801 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15802 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15803 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15804 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15805 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15806 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15807 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15808 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15809 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15810 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15811 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15812 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15813 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15814
15815 \(fn)" nil nil)
15816 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15817
15818 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15819 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15820 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15821 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15822 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15823 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15824
15825 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15826 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15827
15828 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15829 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15830 KEY is a string.
15831 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15832 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15833 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15834 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15835
15836 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15837
15838 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15839 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15840 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15841
15842 \(fn)" t nil)
15843
15844 ;;;***
15845 \f
15846 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15847 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15848 ;;;;;; (18104 24737))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15850
15851 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15852 Throw away all cached data.
15853 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15854 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15855 system.
15856
15857 \(fn)" t nil)
15858 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15859
15860 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15861 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15862 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15863 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15864 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15865 one found at point.
15866
15867 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15868
15869 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15870 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15871
15872 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15873 Display the documentation of a file.
15874 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15875 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15876 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15877 The default file name is the one found at point.
15878
15879 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15880
15881 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15882
15883 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15884 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15885
15886 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15887
15888 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15889 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15890
15891 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15892
15893 ;;;***
15894 \f
15895 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15896 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18104 24737))
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15898
15899 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15900 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15901
15902 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15905 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15906 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15907
15908 \(fn)" t nil)
15909
15910 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15911 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15912 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15913
15914 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15915 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15916 quite a while.
15917
15918 \(fn)" t nil)
15919
15920 ;;;***
15921 \f
15922 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15923 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18104 24737))
15924 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15925
15926 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15927 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15928
15929 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15930
15931 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15932 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15933 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15934
15935 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15936 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15937 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15938
15939 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15940 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15941 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15942 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15943
15944 \(fn)" t nil)
15945
15946 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15947 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15948 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15949
15950 \(fn)" t nil)
15951
15952 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15953 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15954 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15955 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15956 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15957
15958 \(fn)" nil nil)
15959
15960 ;;;***
15961 \f
15962 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15963 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15964 ;;;;;; (18104 24756))
15965 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15966
15967 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15968 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15969
15970 \(fn)" t nil)
15971
15972 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15973 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15974
15975 \(fn)" t nil)
15976
15977 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15978 Not documented
15979
15980 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15981
15982 ;;;***
15983 \f
15984 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18104
15985 ;;;;;; 24737))
15986 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15987
15988 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15989 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15990 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15991 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15992 accessed via isearchb.
15993
15994 \(fn)" t nil)
15995
15996 ;;;***
15997 \f
15998 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15999 ;;;;;; (18104 24760))
16000 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
16001
16002 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
16003 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
16004 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
16005 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
16006 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
16007 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
16008
16009 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
16010 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
16011
16012 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
16013 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
16014 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
16015 \"s gives German sharp s.
16016 /a gives a with ring.
16017 /e gives an a-e ligature.
16018 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
16019 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
16020 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
16021
16022 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
16023 and a negative argument disables it.
16024
16025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16026
16027 ;;;***
16028 \f
16029 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16030 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16031 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16032 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18104 24756))
16033 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16034
16035 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
16036 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16037 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16038 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16039
16040 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16041
16042 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
16043 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16044 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16045 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16046
16047 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16048
16049 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
16050 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16051 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16052 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16053
16054 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16055
16056 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16057 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16058 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16059 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16060
16061 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16062
16063 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16064 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16065 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16066 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16067
16068 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16069
16070 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
16071 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16072 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16073 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16074
16075 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16076
16077 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
16078 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16079 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16080 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16081
16082 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16083
16084 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
16085 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16086 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16087 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16088
16089 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16090
16091 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16092 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16093 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16094 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16095
16096 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16097
16098 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16099 Warn that format is read-only.
16100
16101 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16102
16103 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16104 Warn that format is write-only.
16105
16106 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16107
16108 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16109 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16110
16111 \(fn)" t nil)
16112
16113 ;;;***
16114 \f
16115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16116 ;;;;;; (18104 24756))
16117 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16118 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16119 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16120 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16121
16122 ;;;***
16123 \f
16124 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16125 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16126 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16127 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16128 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16129 ;;;;;; (18104 24771))
16130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16131 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16132
16133 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16134 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16135 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16136 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16137
16138 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16139 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16140
16141 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16142 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16143 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16144
16145 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16146 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16147 re-start Emacs.")
16148
16149 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16150
16151 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16152
16153 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16154
16155 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16156
16157 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16158
16159 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16160
16161 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16162
16163 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16164 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16165
16166 Each element of this list is also a list:
16167
16168 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16169 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16170
16171 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16172 nil means the default dictionary.
16173
16174 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16175
16176 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16177
16178 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16179 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16180 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16181 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16182 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16183 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16184 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16185 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16186 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16187
16188 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16189 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16190 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16191 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16192 for non-ASCII bytes.
16193
16194 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16195 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16196 single word.
16197
16198 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16199 subprocess.
16200
16201 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16202 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16203 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16204 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16205 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16206 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16207 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16208 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16209
16210 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16211
16212 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16213 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16214 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16215
16216 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16217 Key map for ispell menu.")
16218
16219 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16220 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16221 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16222 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16223
16224 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16225
16226 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16227
16228 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16229
16230 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16231
16232 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16233 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16234 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16235 Valid forms include:
16236 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16237 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16238 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16239 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16240
16241 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16242 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16243 First list is used raw.
16244 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16245
16246 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16247 for skipping in latex mode.")
16248
16249 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16250 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16251 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16252 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16253 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16254 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16255
16256 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16257 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16258 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16259 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16260
16261 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16262 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16263 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16264 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16265 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16266
16267 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16268 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16269
16270 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16271 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16272
16273 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16274 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16275
16276 Return values:
16277 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16278 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16279 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16280 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16281 quit spell session exited.
16282
16283 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16284
16285 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16286 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16287 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16288
16289 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16290
16291 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16292 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16293
16294 Selections are:
16295
16296 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16297 SPC: Accept word this time.
16298 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16299 `a': Accept word for this session.
16300 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16301 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16302 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16303 `?': Show these commands.
16304 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16305 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16306 the aborted check to be completed later.
16307 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16308 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16309 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16310 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16311 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16312 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16313 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16314
16315 \(fn)" nil nil)
16316
16317 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16318 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16319 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16320
16321 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16322
16323 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16324 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16325 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16326 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16327
16328 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16329
16330 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16331
16332 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16333 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16334 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16335 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16336
16337 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16338
16339 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16340 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16341
16342 \(fn)" t nil)
16343
16344 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16345 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16346
16347 \(fn)" t nil)
16348
16349 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16350 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16351
16352 \(fn)" t nil)
16353
16354 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16355 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16356 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16357 sequence inside of a word.
16358
16359 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16360
16361 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16362
16363 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16364 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16365
16366 \(fn)" t nil)
16367
16368 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16369 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16370 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16371 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16372
16373 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16374 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16375 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16376 available on the net.
16377
16378 \(fn)" t nil)
16379
16380 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16381 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16382 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16383
16384 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16385 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16386
16387 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16388 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16389
16390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16391
16392 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16393 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16394 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16395 Don't check included messages.
16396
16397 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16398 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16399 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16400
16401 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16402 in your .emacs file:
16403 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16404 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16405 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16406 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16407
16408 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16409 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16410 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16411
16412 \(fn)" t nil)
16413
16414 ;;;***
16415 \f
16416 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18104
16417 ;;;;;; 24737))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16419
16420 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16421 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16422 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16423 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16424 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16425 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16426
16427 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16428
16429 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16430 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16431 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16432 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16433 `iswitchb' for details.
16434
16435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16436
16437 ;;;***
16438 \f
16439 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16440 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16441 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16442 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18104 24757))
16443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16444
16445 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16446 Not documented
16447
16448 \(fn)" nil nil)
16449
16450 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16451 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16452 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16453 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16454 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16455 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16456 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16457 necessary to represent OBJ.
16458
16459 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16460
16461 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16462 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16463 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16464 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16465
16466 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16467
16468 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16469 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16470 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16471 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16472 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16473
16474 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16475
16476 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16477 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16478 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16479 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16480
16481 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16482
16483 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16484 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16485 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16486 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16487
16488 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16489
16490 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16491 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16492
16493 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16494
16495 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16496 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16497 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16498 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16499 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16500
16501 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16502
16503 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16504 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16505 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16506 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16507 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16508
16509 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16510
16511 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16512 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16513 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16514
16515 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16516
16517 ;;;***
16518 \f
16519 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16520 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18104 24737))
16521 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16522
16523 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16524 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16525 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16526 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16527
16528 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16529 Not documented
16530
16531 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16532
16533 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16534 Uninstall jka-compr.
16535 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16536 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16537 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16538
16539 \(fn)" nil nil)
16540
16541 ;;;***
16542 \f
16543 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16544 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16545 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
16546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16547
16548 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16549 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16550 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16551 decimal key must be specified.")
16552
16553 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16554
16555 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16556 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16557 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16558 decimal key must be specified.")
16559
16560 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16561
16562 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16563 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16564 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16565 decimal key must be specified.")
16566
16567 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16568
16569 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16570 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16571 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16572 decimal key must be specified.")
16573
16574 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16575
16576 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16577 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16578 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16579 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16580 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16581 keys are bound.
16582
16583 Setup Binding
16584 -------------------------------------------------------------
16585 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16586 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16587 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16588 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16589 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16590 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16591 in the global and local keymaps.
16592
16593 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16594 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16595
16596 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16597
16598 ;;;***
16599 \f
16600 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16601 ;;;;;; (18104 24756))
16602 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16603
16604 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16605 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16606 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16607
16608 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16609 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16610 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16611 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16612 shorter.
16613
16614 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16615 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16616 the context of text formatting.
16617
16618 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16619
16620 ;;;***
16621 \f
16622 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18104
16623 ;;;;;; 24757))
16624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16625
16626 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16627 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16628 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16629 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16630 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16631 positions that contains the current selection.")
16632
16633 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16634 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16635 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16636 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16637 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16638 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16639 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16640
16641 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16642
16643 ;;;***
16644 \f
16645 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16646 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16647 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16648 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (18104 24737))
16649 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16650 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16651 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16652 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16653 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16654 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16655 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16656 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16657
16658 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16659 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16660 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16661 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16662 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16663
16664 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16665
16666 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16667 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16668 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16669
16670 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16671 defining the macro.
16672
16673 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16674 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16675 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16676
16677 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16678 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16679
16680 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16681
16682 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16683 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16684 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16685 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16686 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16687 under that name.
16688
16689 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16690 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16691 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16692
16693 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16694
16695 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16696 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16697 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16698
16699 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16700 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16701 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16702 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16703
16704 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16705 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16706
16707 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16708
16709 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16710 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16711 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16712
16713 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16714 macro.
16715
16716 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16717 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16718
16719 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16720 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16721 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16722
16723 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16724 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16725
16726 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16727
16728 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16729 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16730 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16731 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16732
16733 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16734
16735 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16736 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16737 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16738 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16739
16740 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16741 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16742
16743 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16744
16745 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16746 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16747 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16748
16749 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16750
16751 ;;;***
16752 \f
16753 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16754 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16755 ;;;;;; (18104 24757))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16757
16758 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16759
16760 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16761 Not documented
16762
16763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16764
16765 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16766 Not documented
16767
16768 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16769
16770 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16771 Not documented
16772
16773 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16774
16775 ;;;***
16776 \f
16777 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16778 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18104 24757))
16779 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16780
16781 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16782 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16783 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16784
16785 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16786 Not documented
16787
16788 \(fn)" nil nil)
16789
16790 ;;;***
16791 \f
16792 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16793 ;;;;;; (18104 24762))
16794 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16795
16796 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16797
16798 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16799 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16800
16801 \(fn)" t nil)
16802
16803 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16804
16805 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16806 Start or resume an Lm game.
16807 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16808 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16809
16810 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16811 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16812 none / 1 | yes | no
16813 2 | yes | yes
16814 3 | no | yes
16815 4 | no | no
16816
16817 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16818 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16819 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16820
16821 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16822
16823 ;;;***
16824 \f
16825 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16826 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16827 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18104
16828 ;;;;;; 24757))
16829 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16830
16831 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16832 Not documented
16833
16834 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16835
16836 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16837 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16838 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16839 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16840 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16841 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16842
16843 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16844 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16845
16846 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16847
16848 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16849 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16850
16851 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16852
16853 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16854 Not documented
16855
16856 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16857
16858 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16859 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16860 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16861 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16862 to compose.
16863
16864 The return value is number of composed characters.
16865
16866 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16867
16868 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16869 Not documented
16870
16871 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16872
16873 ;;;***
16874 \f
16875 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16876 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16877 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18104 24757))
16878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16879
16880 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16881 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16882 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16883 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16884
16885 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16886
16887 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16888 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16889 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16890
16891 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16892
16893 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16894 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16895 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16896
16897 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16898
16899 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16900 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16901 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16902 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16903
16904 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16905
16906 ;;;***
16907 \f
16908 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16909 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18104 24757))
16910 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16911
16912 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16913 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16914 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16915 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16916 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16917 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16918 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16919 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16920
16921 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16922 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16923
16924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16925 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16926
16927 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16928
16929 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16930 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16931 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16932 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16933 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16934 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16935 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16936 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16937
16938 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16939
16940 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16941 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16942 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16943 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16944
16945 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16946 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16947
16948 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16949
16950 ;;;***
16951 \f
16952 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16953 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (18104 24760))
16954 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16955
16956 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16957 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16958 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16959 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16960
16961 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16962
16963 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16964 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16965 JIT Lock's favor.
16966
16967 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16968
16969 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16970 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16971 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16972 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16973 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16974 for large buffers.
16975
16976 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16977 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16978 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16979 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16980 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16981
16982 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16983 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16984 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16985 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16986 slow to keep up with your typing.
16987
16988 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16989 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16990 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16991 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16992 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16993 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16994
16995 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16996 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16997 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16998 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16999
17000 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
17001 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
17002 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
17003 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
17004
17005 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
17006 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
17007 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
17008 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
17009 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
17010
17011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17012
17013 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
17014 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
17015
17016 \(fn)" nil nil)
17017
17018 ;;;***
17019 \f
17020 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17021 ;;;;;; (18104 24767))
17022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17023
17024 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
17025
17026 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
17027
17028 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
17029 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17030
17031 \(fn)" t nil)
17032
17033 ;;;***
17034 \f
17035 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17036 ;;;;;; (18104 24737))
17037 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17038
17039 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17040 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17041
17042 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17043 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17044
17045 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17046 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17047
17048 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
17049 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17050 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17051 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17052 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17053 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17054 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17055 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17056 and transmit saved text.
17057
17058 \\{ledit-mode-map}
17059 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17060 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17061
17062 \(fn)" t nil)
17063
17064 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
17065 Not documented
17066
17067 \(fn)" nil nil)
17068
17069 ;;;***
17070 \f
17071 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18104 24762))
17072 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17073
17074 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
17075 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17076 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17077 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17078 generations (this defaults to 1).
17079
17080 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17081
17082 ;;;***
17083 \f
17084 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18104
17085 ;;;;;; 24737))
17086 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17087
17088 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
17089 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
17090 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17091 is nil, raise an error.
17092
17093 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
17094 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
17095 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
17096 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
17097 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
17098 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
17099 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
17100 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
17101 such as redefining an Emacs function.
17102
17103 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17104
17105 ;;;***
17106 \f
17107 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17108 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18104 24737))
17109 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17110
17111 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17112 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17113 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17114
17115 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
17116
17117 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
17118 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17119 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17120 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17121
17122 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17123 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17124 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17125 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17126 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17127 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17128 the version.)
17129
17130 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17131 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17132
17133 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17134 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17135
17136 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17137
17138 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17139
17140 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
17141 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17142 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17143 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17144 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17145 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17146 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17147 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17148 to constrain a big search.
17149
17150 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17151
17152 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17153 except that FILTER is not optional.
17154
17155 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17156
17157 ;;;***
17158 \f
17159 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18104 24738))
17160 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17161
17162 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
17163 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17164 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17165 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17166 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17167 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17168 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17169 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17170 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17171 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17172 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17173 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17174 uses the current buffer.
17175
17176 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17177
17178 ;;;***
17179 \f
17180 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18104
17181 ;;;;;; 24738))
17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17183
17184 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17185 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17186
17187 \(fn)" t nil)
17188
17189 ;;;***
17190 \f
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18104
17192 ;;;;;; 24738))
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17194
17195 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17196 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17197 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17198 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17199 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17200
17201 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17202 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17203 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17204
17205 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17206 are indicated with a symbol.
17207
17208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17209
17210 ;;;***
17211 \f
17212 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17213 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18104
17214 ;;;;;; 24738))
17215 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17216
17217 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17218
17219 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17220
17221 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17222 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17223 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17224
17225 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17226 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17227
17228 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17229 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17230 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17231 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17232 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17233 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17234 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17235
17236 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17237
17238 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17239 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17240 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17241 switch on this list.
17242 See `lpr-command'.")
17243
17244 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17245
17246 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17247 *Name of program for printing a file.
17248
17249 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17250 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17251 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17252 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17253 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17254 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17255 argument.")
17256
17257 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17258
17259 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17260 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17261 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17262 for customization of the printer command.
17263
17264 \(fn)" t nil)
17265
17266 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17267 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17268
17269 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17270 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17271 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17272 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17273
17274 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17275 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17276
17277 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17278 for further customization of the printer command.
17279
17280 \(fn)" t nil)
17281
17282 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17283 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17284 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17285 for customization of the printer command.
17286
17287 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17288
17289 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17290 Paginate and print the region contents.
17291
17292 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17293 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17294 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17295 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17296
17297 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17298 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17299
17300 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17301 for further customization of the printer command.
17302
17303 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17304
17305 ;;;***
17306 \f
17307 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17308 ;;;;;; (18104 24738))
17309 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17310
17311 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17312 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17313 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17314
17315 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17316
17317 ;;;***
17318 \f
17319 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18104
17320 ;;;;;; 24745))
17321 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17322
17323 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17324 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17325 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17326
17327 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17328
17329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17330
17331 ;;;***
17332 \f
17333 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18104
17334 ;;;;;; 24767))
17335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17336
17337 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17338 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17339 \\{m4-mode-map}
17340
17341 \(fn)" t nil)
17342
17343 ;;;***
17344 \f
17345 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17346 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
17347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17348
17349 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17350 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17351 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17352 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17353 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17354
17355 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17356
17357 ;;;***
17358 \f
17359 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17360 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18104 24738))
17361 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17362
17363 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17364 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17365 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17366 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17367 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17368
17369 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17370
17371 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17372 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17373 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17374 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17375
17376 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17377 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17378 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17379 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17380 bindings.
17381
17382 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17383 use this command, and then save the file.
17384
17385 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17386
17387 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17388 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17389 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17390 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17391 each time the macro executes.
17392 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17393 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17394 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17395 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17396 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17397 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17398 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17399
17400 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17401
17402 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17403 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17404 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17405 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17406
17407 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17408 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17409 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17410 execute.
17411
17412 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17413 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17414
17415 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17416 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17417 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17418 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17419 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17420
17421 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17422 looked like this:
17423
17424 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17425 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17426 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17427
17428 You could enter the names in this format:
17429
17430 foo
17431 bar
17432 baz
17433
17434 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17435
17436 \\C-x (
17437 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17438 \\C-x )
17439
17440 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17441 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17442
17443 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17444 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17445
17446 ;;;***
17447 \f
17448 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17449 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18104 24758))
17450 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17451
17452 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17453 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17454 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17455 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17456 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17457 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17458
17459 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17460 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17461 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17462 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17463 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17464
17465 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17466 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17467 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17468 consing a string.)
17469
17470 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17471
17472 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17473 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17474
17475 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17476
17477 ;;;***
17478 \f
17479 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17480 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17481 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
17482 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17483
17484 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17485 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17486
17487 \(fn)" nil nil)
17488
17489 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17490 Not documented
17491
17492 \(fn)" nil nil)
17493
17494 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17495 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17496
17497 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17498
17499 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17500 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17501 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17502 message.
17503
17504 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17505
17506 \(fn)" nil nil)
17507
17508 ;;;***
17509 \f
17510 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17511 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17512 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18104
17513 ;;;;;; 24758))
17514 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17515
17516 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17517 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17518 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17519 often correct parser.")
17520
17521 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17522
17523 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17524 Not documented
17525
17526 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17527
17528 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17529 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17530 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17531 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17532
17533 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17534
17535 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17536 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17537 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17538 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17539
17540 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17541
17542 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17543 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17544 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17545 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17546 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17547 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17548 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17549 as Rmail does.
17550
17551 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17552
17553 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17554 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17555 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17556 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17557 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17558 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17559
17560 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17561
17562 ;;;***
17563 \f
17564 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17565 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18104 24758))
17566 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17567
17568 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17569 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17570
17571 \(fn)" nil nil)
17572
17573 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17574 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17575 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17576
17577 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17578
17579 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17580 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17581 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17582
17583 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17584
17585 ;;;***
17586 \f
17587 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17588 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18104
17589 ;;;;;; 24758))
17590 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17591
17592 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17593 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17594 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17595 king@grassland.com
17596 If `parens', they look like:
17597 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17598 If `angles', they look like:
17599 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17600
17601 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17602
17603 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17604 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17605 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17606 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17607 their `Resent-' variants.
17608
17609 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17610 removed from alias expansions.
17611
17612 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17613
17614 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17615 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17616 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17617
17618 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17619 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17620 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17621 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17622
17623 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17624
17625 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17626 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17627 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17628 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17629
17630 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17631
17632 ;;;***
17633 \f
17634 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17635 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17637
17638 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17639 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17640 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17641 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17642
17643 \(fn)" nil nil)
17644
17645 ;;;***
17646 \f
17647 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17648 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17649 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18104 24767))
17650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17651
17652 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17653 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17654
17655 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17656 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17657 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17658 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17659 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17660 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17661
17662 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17663 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17664 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17665 dependency, despite the colon.
17666
17667 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17668
17669 In the browser, use the following keys:
17670
17671 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17672
17673 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17674
17675 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17676 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17677
17678 `makefile-target-colon':
17679 The string that gets appended to all target names
17680 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17681 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17682
17683 `makefile-macro-assign':
17684 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17685 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17686 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17687 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17688 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17689 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17690
17691 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17692 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17693 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17694
17695 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17696 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17697
17698 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17699 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17700 up or down in the browser.
17701
17702 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17703 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17704
17705 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17706 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17707
17708 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17709 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17710 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17711 has been selected in the browser.
17712
17713 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17714 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17715 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17716 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17717 filenames are omitted.
17718
17719 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17720 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17721 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17722 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17723 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17724 the backslash itself intact.
17725 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17726 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17727
17728 `makefile-browser-hook':
17729 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17730 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17731
17732 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17733 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17734 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17735 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17736
17737 \(fn)" t nil)
17738
17739 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17740 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17741
17742 \(fn)" t nil)
17743
17744 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17745 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17746
17747 \(fn)" t nil)
17748
17749 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17750 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17751
17752 \(fn)" t nil)
17753
17754 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17755 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17756
17757 \(fn)" t nil)
17758
17759 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17760 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17761
17762 \(fn)" t nil)
17763
17764 ;;;***
17765 \f
17766 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18104
17767 ;;;;;; 24738))
17768 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17769
17770 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17771 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17772 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17773
17774 \(fn)" t nil)
17775
17776 ;;;***
17777 \f
17778 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18104 24738))
17779 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17780
17781 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17782
17783 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17784 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17785 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17786 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17787 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17788 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17789 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17790
17791 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17792 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17793 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17794 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17795
17796 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17797
17798 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17799 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17800
17801 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17802
17803 ;;;***
17804 \f
17805 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18104 24738))
17806 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17807
17808 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17809 Toggle Master mode.
17810 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17811 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17812 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17813
17814 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17815 following commands:
17816
17817 \\{master-mode-map}
17818
17819 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17820 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17821 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17822
17823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17824
17825 ;;;***
17826 \f
17827 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17828 ;;;;;; (18104 24738))
17829 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17830
17831 (defvar minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode nil "\
17832 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Indicate-Depth mode is enabled.
17833 See the command `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17835 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17836 or call the function `minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode'.")
17837
17838 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" nil)
17839
17840 (autoload (quote minibuffer-indicate-depth-mode) "mb-depth" "\
17841 Toggle Minibuffer Indicate Depth mode.
17842 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
17843 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
17844 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17845
17846 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17847 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17848
17849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17850
17851 ;;;***
17852 \f
17853 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18104
17854 ;;;;;; 24738))
17855 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17856
17857 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17858
17859 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17860 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17861 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17862 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17863 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17864 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17865
17866 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17867
17868 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17869 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17870 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17871 created in the future.
17872 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17873 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17874
17875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17876
17877 ;;;***
17878 \f
17879 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17880 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17881 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17882 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17883 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17884 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17885 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17886 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17887 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17888 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17889 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (18104 24751))
17890 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17891
17892 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17893 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17894
17895 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17896 king@grassland.com
17897 If `parens', they look like:
17898 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17899 If `angles', they look like:
17900 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17901
17902 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17903 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17904
17905 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17906
17907 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17908 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17909
17910 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17911
17912 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17913 *Local news organization file.")
17914
17915 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17916
17917 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17918 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17919 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17920 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17921
17922 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17923 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17924 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17925
17926 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17927
17928 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17929
17930 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17931 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17932
17933 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17934 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17935 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17936 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17937
17938 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17939
17940 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17941 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17942 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17943 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17944
17945 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17946
17947 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17948 *Function for citing an original message.
17949 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17950 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17951 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17952
17953 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17954
17955 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17956 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17957 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17958 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17959 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17960
17961 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17962
17963 (defvar message-signature t "\
17964 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17965 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17966 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17967 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17968
17969 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17970
17971 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17972 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17973 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17974 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17975
17976 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17977
17978 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17979 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17980
17981 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17982
17983 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17984
17985 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17986 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17987 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17988 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17989 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17990 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17991 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17992 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17993 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17994 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17995 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17996 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17997 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17998 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17999 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18000 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18001 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18002 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18003 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18004 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18005 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18006 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18007 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18008 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18009 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18010 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18011 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18012 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18013 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18014 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18015 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18016 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18017 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18018 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18019 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18020 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18021 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18022
18023 \(fn)" t nil)
18024
18025 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
18026 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18027 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18028 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18029 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18030
18031 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
18032
18033 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
18034 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18035
18036 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18037
18038 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
18039 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18040
18041 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
18042
18043 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
18044 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18045
18046 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18047
18048 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
18049 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18050 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18051
18052 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18053
18054 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
18055 Cancel an article you posted.
18056 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18057
18058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18059
18060 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
18061 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18062 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18063 header line with the old Message-ID.
18064
18065 \(fn)" t nil)
18066
18067 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
18068 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18069
18070 \(fn)" t nil)
18071
18072 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
18073 Forward the current message via mail.
18074 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18075 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18076
18077 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18078
18079 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
18080 Not documented
18081
18082 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18083
18084 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
18085 Not documented
18086
18087 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18088
18089 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
18090 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18091
18092 \(fn)" t nil)
18093
18094 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
18095 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18096
18097 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18098
18099 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
18100 Re-mail the current message.
18101 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18102 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18103 you.
18104
18105 \(fn)" t nil)
18106
18107 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
18108 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18109
18110 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18111
18112 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
18113 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18114
18115 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18116
18117 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
18118 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18119
18120 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18121
18122 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
18123 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18124
18125 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18126
18127 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
18128 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18129 Works by overstriking characters.
18130 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18131 which specify the range to operate on.
18132
18133 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18134
18135 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
18136 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18137 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18138 which specify the range to operate on.
18139
18140 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18141
18142 ;;;***
18143 \f
18144 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18145 ;;;;;; (18104 24767))
18146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18147
18148 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
18149 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18150 Special commands:
18151 \\{meta-mode-map}
18152
18153 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18154 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18155
18156 \(fn)" t nil)
18157
18158 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
18159 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18160 Special commands:
18161 \\{meta-mode-map}
18162
18163 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18164 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18165
18166 \(fn)" t nil)
18167
18168 ;;;***
18169 \f
18170 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18171 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18172 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
18173 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18174
18175 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
18176 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18177 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18178
18179 \(fn)" t nil)
18180
18181 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
18182 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18183 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18184 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18185 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18186 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18187 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18188
18189 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18190
18191 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
18192 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18193 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18194 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18195 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18196 means current).
18197 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18198 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18199
18200 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18201
18202 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18203 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18204 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18205 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18206 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18207 means current).
18208 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18209 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18210
18211 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18212
18213 ;;;***
18214 \f
18215 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18216 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18217 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18104 24759))
18218 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18219
18220 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18221 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18222 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18223
18224 \(fn)" t nil)
18225
18226 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18227 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18228 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18229
18230 \(fn)" t nil)
18231
18232 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18233 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18234
18235 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18236 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18237 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18238
18239 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18240 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18241
18242 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18243 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18244
18245 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18246
18247 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18248
18249 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18250 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18251 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18252 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18253 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18254 as `compose-mail'.
18255
18256 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18257 initial Subject field, respectively.
18258
18259 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18260 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18261 are strings.
18262
18263 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18264 ignored.
18265
18266 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18267
18268 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18269 Save draft and send message.
18270
18271 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18272 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18273 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18274 Mail Delivery*\".
18275
18276 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18277 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18278 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18279
18280 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18281 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18282 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18283 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18284 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18285 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18286
18287 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18288 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18289
18290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18291
18292 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18293 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18294
18295 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18296 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18297 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18298 delete the draft message.
18299
18300 \(fn)" t nil)
18301
18302 ;;;***
18303 \f
18304 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18104 24759))
18305 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18306
18307 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18308
18309 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18310
18311 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18312
18313 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18314 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18315
18316 \(fn)" t nil)
18317
18318 ;;;***
18319 \f
18320 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18321 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18104 24759))
18322 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18323
18324 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18325 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18326 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18327
18328 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18329 the MH mail system.
18330
18331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18332
18333 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18334 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18335 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18336
18337 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18338 the MH mail system.
18339
18340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18341
18342 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18343 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18344
18345 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18346 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18347 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18348 separate command.
18349
18350 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18351 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18352 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18353 format.
18354
18355 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18356
18357 Ranges
18358 ======
18359 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18360 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18361 can be used in several ways.
18362
18363 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18364 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18365 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18366 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18367 page):
18368
18369 <num1>-<num2>
18370 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18371 The range must be nonempty.
18372
18373 <num>:N
18374 <num>:+N
18375 <num>:-N
18376 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18377 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18378 last.
18379
18380 first:N
18381 prev:N
18382 next:N
18383 last:N
18384 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18385
18386 all
18387 All of the messages.
18388
18389 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18390 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18391
18392 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18393 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18394 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18395
18396 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18397
18398 \(fn)" t nil)
18399
18400 ;;;***
18401 \f
18402 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18403 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18104 24738))
18404 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18405
18406 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18407 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18408 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18409 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18410 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18411 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18412 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18413 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18414 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18415 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18416 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18417
18418 \(fn)" t nil)
18419
18420 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18421 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18422 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18423 to its second argument TM.
18424
18425 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18426
18427 ;;;***
18428 \f
18429 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18430 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18104 24738))
18431 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18432
18433 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18434 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18435 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18437 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18438 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18439
18440 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18441
18442 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18443 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18444 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18445 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18446 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18447 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18448 default indication.
18449
18450 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18451 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18452
18453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18454
18455 ;;;***
18456 \f
18457 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18458 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
18459 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18460
18461 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18462 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18463 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18464
18465 \(fn)" t nil)
18466
18467 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18468
18469 ;;;***
18470 \f
18471 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18472 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18473 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18475
18476 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18477 Not documented
18478
18479 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18480
18481 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18482 Not documented
18483
18484 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18485
18486 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18487 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18488 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18489 PATTERN regexp.
18490
18491 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18492
18493 ;;;***
18494 \f
18495 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18496 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18104 24752))
18497 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18498
18499 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18500 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18501
18502 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18503
18504 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18505 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18506 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18507 the entire message.
18508 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18509
18510 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18511
18512 ;;;***
18513 \f
18514 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18515 ;;;;;; (18104 24752))
18516 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18517
18518 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18519 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18520 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18521 the entire message.
18522 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18523
18524 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18525
18526 ;;;***
18527 \f
18528 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18529 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18104 24752))
18530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18531
18532 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18533 Insert file contents of URL.
18534 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18535
18536 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18537
18538 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18539 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18540
18541 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18542
18543 ;;;***
18544 \f
18545 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18546 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18104 24752))
18547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18548
18549 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18550 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18551 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18552 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18553 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18554
18555 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18556
18557 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18558 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18559 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18560
18561 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18562
18563 ;;;***
18564 \f
18565 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18566 ;;;;;; (18104 24752))
18567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18568
18569 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18570 Not documented
18571
18572 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18573
18574 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18575 Not documented
18576
18577 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18578
18579 ;;;***
18580 \f
18581 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18582 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18583 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18104 24752))
18584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18585
18586 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18587 Not documented
18588
18589 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18590
18591 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18592 Not documented
18593
18594 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18595
18596 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18597 Not documented
18598
18599 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18600
18601 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18602 Not documented
18603
18604 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18605
18606 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18607 Not documented
18608
18609 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18610
18611 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18612 Not documented
18613
18614 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18615
18616 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18617 Not documented
18618
18619 \(fn)" nil nil)
18620
18621 ;;;***
18622 \f
18623 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18624 ;;;;;; (17279 21317))
18625 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18626
18627 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18628 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18629 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18630 followed by the first character of the construct.
18631 \\<m2-mode-map>
18632 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18633 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18634 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18635 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18636 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18637 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18638 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18639 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18640 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18641 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18642 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18643 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18644 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18645 \\[m2-link] link
18646
18647 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18648 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18649 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18650
18651 \(fn)" t nil)
18652
18653 ;;;***
18654 \f
18655 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18656 ;;;;;; (18104 24762))
18657 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18658
18659 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18660 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18661
18662 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18663
18664 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18665 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18666
18667 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18668
18669 ;;;***
18670 \f
18671 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18104
18672 ;;;;;; 24738))
18673 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18674
18675 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18676 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18677 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18680 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18681
18682 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18683
18684 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18685 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18686 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18687 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18688
18689 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18690
18691 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18692
18693 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18694
18695 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18696 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18697 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18698 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18699 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18700 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18701
18702 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18703 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18704 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18705 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18706 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18707
18708 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18709 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18710
18711 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18712 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18713
18714 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18715
18716 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18717 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18718 primary selection and region.
18719
18720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18721
18722 ;;;***
18723 \f
18724 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18104 24762))
18725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18726
18727 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18728 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18729
18730 \(fn)" t nil)
18731
18732 ;;;***
18733 \f
18734 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18104 24738))
18735 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18736
18737 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18738 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18739 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18742 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18743
18744 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18745
18746 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18747 Toggle Msb mode.
18748 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18749 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18750 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18751
18752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18753
18754 ;;;***
18755 \f
18756 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18757 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18758 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18759 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18760 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18761 ;;;;;; (18104 24757))
18762 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18763
18764 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18765 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18766 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18767 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18768 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18769 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18770 set of ISO charsets.
18771
18772 Each element has the following format:
18773 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18774
18775 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18776
18777 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18778 CHARSET are mapped.
18779
18780 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18781 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18782 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18783 character code in CHARSET.
18784
18785 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18786 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18787 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18788 or
18789 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18790 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18791 TO2, or...
18792 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18793 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18794
18795 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18796 Display a list of all character sets.
18797
18798 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18799 internal Emacs use.
18800
18801 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18802 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18803 hexadecimal digits.
18804 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18805 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18806
18807 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18808 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18809 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18810 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18811
18812 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18813 but still shows the full information.
18814
18815 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18816
18817 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18818 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18819 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18820 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18821 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18822
18823 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18824 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18825 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18826 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18827 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18828
18829 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18830
18831 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18832 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18833 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18834 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18835 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18836
18837 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18838
18839 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18840 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18841
18842 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18843
18844 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18845 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18846
18847 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18848
18849 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18850 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18851
18852 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18853 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18854 in place of `..':
18855 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18856 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18857 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18858 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18859 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18860 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18861 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18862 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18863 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18864 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18865 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18866 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18867 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18868 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18869 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18870 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18871
18872 \(fn)" t nil)
18873
18874 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18875 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18876
18877 \(fn)" t nil)
18878
18879 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18880 Display a list of all coding systems.
18881 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18882
18883 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18884 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18885
18886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18887
18888 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18889 Display a list of all coding categories.
18890
18891 \(fn)" nil nil)
18892
18893 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18894 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18895 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18896
18897 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18898
18899 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18900 Display information about FONTSET.
18901 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18902
18903 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18904
18905 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18906 Display a list of all fontsets.
18907 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18908 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18909 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18910
18911 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18912
18913 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18914 Display information about all input methods.
18915
18916 \(fn)" t nil)
18917
18918 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18919 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18920
18921 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18922 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18923 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18924 system which uses fontsets).
18925
18926 \(fn)" t nil)
18927
18928 ;;;***
18929 \f
18930 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18931 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18932 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18933 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18934 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18935 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18104 24757))
18936 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18937
18938 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18939 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18940 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18941
18942 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18943
18944 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18945
18946 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18947 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18948
18949 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18950 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18951
18952 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18953 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18954
18955 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18956
18957 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18958 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18959 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18960 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18961 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18962 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18963 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18964
18965 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18966 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18967 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18968 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18969 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18970 middle of a character in STR.
18971
18972 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18973 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18974
18975 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18976 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18977 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18978 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18979 defaults to \"...\".
18980
18981 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18982
18983 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18984 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18985
18986 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18987 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18988 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18989
18990 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18991 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18992 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18993
18994 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18995 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18996 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18997 is considered.
18998 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18999 longer than KEYSEQ.
19000 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19001
19002 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19003
19004 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
19005 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19006 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19007 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19008 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19009 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19010 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19011 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19012 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19013 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19014 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19015
19016 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19017
19018 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
19019 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19020
19021 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19022
19023 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
19024 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19025
19026 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19027
19028 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
19029 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
19030
19031 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19032
19033 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
19034 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
19035
19036 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19037
19038 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
19039 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19040 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19041 coding systems ordered by priority.
19042
19043 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
19044
19045 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
19046 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19047 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19048 language environment LANG-ENV.
19049
19050 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19051
19052 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
19053 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19054 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19055 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
19056 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
19057 basis, this may not be accurate.
19058
19059 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19060
19061 ;;;***
19062 \f
19063 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
19064 ;;;;;; (18104 24738))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
19066
19067 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
19068 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
19069 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19071 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19072 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
19073
19074 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
19075
19076 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
19077 Toggle mouse wheel support.
19078 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19079 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19080
19081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19082
19083 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
19084 Enable mouse wheel support.
19085
19086 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19087
19088 ;;;***
19089 \f
19090 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19091 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19092 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
19093 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18104 24760))
19094 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19095
19096 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
19097 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19098
19099 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19100
19101 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
19102 Ping HOST.
19103 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19104 `ping-program-options'.
19105
19106 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19107
19108 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
19109 Run ipconfig program.
19110
19111 \(fn)" t nil)
19112
19113 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
19114
19115 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
19116 Run netstat program.
19117
19118 \(fn)" t nil)
19119
19120 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
19121 Run the arp program.
19122
19123 \(fn)" t nil)
19124
19125 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
19126 Run the route program.
19127
19128 \(fn)" t nil)
19129
19130 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
19131 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19132
19133 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19134
19135 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
19136 Run nslookup program.
19137
19138 \(fn)" t nil)
19139
19140 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
19141 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19142
19143 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19144
19145 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
19146 Run dig program.
19147
19148 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19149
19150 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
19151 Run ftp program.
19152
19153 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19154
19155 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
19156 Finger USER on HOST.
19157
19158 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19159
19160 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
19161 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19162 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19163 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19164
19165 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19166
19167 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
19168 Not documented
19169
19170 \(fn)" t nil)
19171
19172 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
19173 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19174
19175 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19176
19177 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
19178 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19179
19180 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19181
19182 ;;;***
19183 \f
19184 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19185 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19186 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19187 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19188 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19189 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18104 24738))
19190 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19191
19192 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
19193
19194 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19195
19196 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19197
19198 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19199
19200 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19201 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19202 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19203 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19204 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19205 Major modes should set this variable.")
19206
19207 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19208 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19209 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19210 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19211 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19212 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19213
19214 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19215 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19216
19217 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19218 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19219 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19220
19221 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19222 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19223 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19224 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19225 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19226
19227 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19228 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19229 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19230
19231 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19232 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19233 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19234 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19235
19236 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19237 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19238 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19239 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19240 column indentation or nil.
19241 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19242
19243 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19244 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19245 The function has no args.
19246
19247 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19248 comments always start in column zero.")
19249
19250 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19251 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19252 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19253
19254 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19255
19256 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19257 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19258 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19259 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19260
19261 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19262 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19263
19264 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19265
19266 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19267 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19268 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19269 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19270 customize this variable.
19271
19272 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19273 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19274
19275 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19276
19277 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19278 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19279 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19280 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19281 the variables are properly set.
19282
19283 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19284
19285 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19286 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19287
19288 \(fn)" nil nil)
19289
19290 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19291 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19292 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19293
19294 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19295
19296 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19297 Set the comment column based on point.
19298 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19299 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19300 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19301 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19302
19303 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19304
19305 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19306 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19307 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19308
19309 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19310
19311 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19312 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19313 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19314 comment markers.
19315
19316 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19317
19318 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19319 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19320 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19321 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19322 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19323 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19324 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19325 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19326
19327 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19328 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19329
19330 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19331
19332 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19333 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19334 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19335 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19336
19337 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19338
19339 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19340 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19341 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19342 is passed on to the respective function.
19343
19344 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19345
19346 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19347 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19348 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19349 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19350 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19351 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19352 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19353 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19354 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19355
19356 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19357
19358 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19359 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19360 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19361
19362 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19363
19364 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19365 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19366 This indents the body of the continued comment
19367 under the previous comment line.
19368
19369 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19370 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19371 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19372
19373 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19374 or comment indentation.
19375
19376 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19377 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19378
19379 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19380
19381 ;;;***
19382 \f
19383 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19384 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19385 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18104 24760))
19386 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19387
19388 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19389 Check whether newsticker is running.
19390 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19391 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19392
19393 \(fn)" nil nil)
19394
19395 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19396 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19397 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19398 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19399 empty.
19400
19401 \(fn)" nil nil)
19402
19403 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19404 Start the newsticker.
19405 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19406 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19407 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19408 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19409
19410 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19411
19412 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19413 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19414 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19415 running already.
19416
19417 \(fn)" t nil)
19418
19419 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19420 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19421
19422 \(fn)" t nil)
19423
19424 ;;;***
19425 \f
19426 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19427 ;;;;;; (18104 24753))
19428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19429
19430 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19431 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19432
19433 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19434
19435 ;;;***
19436 \f
19437 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18104
19438 ;;;;;; 24753))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19440
19441 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19442 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19443 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19444 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19445 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19446 symbol in the alist.
19447
19448 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19449
19450 ;;;***
19451 \f
19452 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19453 ;;;;;; (18104 24753))
19454 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19455
19456 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19457 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19458 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19459
19460 \(fn)" t nil)
19461
19462 ;;;***
19463 \f
19464 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19465 ;;;;;; (18104 24753))
19466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19467
19468 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19469 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19470 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19471
19472 \(fn)" t nil)
19473
19474 ;;;***
19475 \f
19476 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19477 ;;;;;; (18104 24754))
19478 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19479
19480 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19481 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19482
19483 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19484
19485 ;;;***
19486 \f
19487 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19488 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18104 24754))
19489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19490
19491 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19492 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19493
19494 \(fn)" t nil)
19495
19496 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19497 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19498
19499 \(fn)" t nil)
19500
19501 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19502 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19503
19504 \(fn)" t nil)
19505
19506 ;;;***
19507 \f
19508 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19509 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18104 24738))
19510 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19511
19512 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19513 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19514 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19515
19516 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19517
19518 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19519 Not documented
19520
19521 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19522
19523 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19524 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19525 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19526 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19527 to future sessions.
19528
19529 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19530
19531 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19532 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19533 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19534 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19535 to future sessions.
19536
19537 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19538
19539 ;;;***
19540 \f
19541 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19542 ;;;;;; (18104 24771))
19543 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19544
19545 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19546 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19547 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19548 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19549 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19550 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19551
19552 \(fn)" t nil)
19553
19554 ;;;***
19555 \f
19556 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19557 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
19558 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19559
19560 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19561 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19562 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19563 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19564 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19565
19566 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19567
19568 ;;;***
19569 \f
19570 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19571 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
19572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19573
19574 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19575 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19576 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19577
19578 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19579
19580 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19581 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19582
19583 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19584 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19585 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19586
19587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19588
19589 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19590
19591 ;;;***
19592 \f
19593 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19594 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
19595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19596
19597 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19598 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19599
19600 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19601 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19602 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19603 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19604
19605 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19606 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19607 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19608 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19609 is why you need this mode!).
19610
19611 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19612 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19613 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19614
19615 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19616
19617 Keybindings
19618 ===========
19619
19620 \\{octave-mode-map}
19621
19622 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19623 ==============================================
19624
19625 octave-auto-indent
19626 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19627 Default is nil.
19628
19629 octave-auto-newline
19630 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19631 Default is nil.
19632
19633 octave-blink-matching-block
19634 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19635 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19636
19637 octave-block-offset
19638 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19639 Default is 2.
19640
19641 octave-continuation-offset
19642 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19643 Default is 4.
19644
19645 octave-continuation-string
19646 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19647 Default is a backslash.
19648
19649 octave-mode-startup-message
19650 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19651 Default is t.
19652
19653 octave-send-echo-input
19654 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19655 command to the inferior Octave process.
19656
19657 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19658 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19659 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19660
19661 octave-send-echo-input
19662 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19663
19664 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19665
19666 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19667 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19668
19669 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19670 (setq auto-mode-alist
19671 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19672
19673 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19674 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19675
19676 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19677 (lambda ()
19678 (abbrev-mode 1)
19679 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19680 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19681 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19682
19683 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19684 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19685 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19686 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19687
19688 \(fn)" t nil)
19689
19690 ;;;***
19691 \f
19692 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19693 ;;;;;; (18104 24760))
19694 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19695
19696 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19697 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19698 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19699
19700 \(fn)" t nil)
19701
19702 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19703 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19704 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19705 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19706 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19707
19708 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19709
19710 \(fn)" t nil)
19711
19712 ;;;***
19713 \f
19714 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19715 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19716 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views
19717 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19718 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19719 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19720 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle
19721 ;;;;;; org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (18104 24771))
19722 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19723
19724 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19725 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19726 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19727
19728 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19729 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19730 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19731 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19732 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19733 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19734 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19735 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19736 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19737 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19738
19739 The following commands are available:
19740
19741 \\{org-mode-map}
19742
19743 \(fn)" t nil)
19744
19745 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19746 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19747
19748 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19749 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19750 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19751 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19752 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19753
19754 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19755 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19756 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19757 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19758 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19759 and zoom in further.
19760 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19761
19762 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19763 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19764 is negative, go up that many levels.
19765
19766 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19767 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19768 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19769
19770 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19771 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19772
19773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19774
19775 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19776 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19777
19778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19779
19780 (autoload (quote orgstruct-mode) "org" "\
19781 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19782 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19783 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19784 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19785 of Org-mode).
19786
19787 M-up Move entry/item up
19788 M-down Move entry/item down
19789 M-left Promote
19790 M-right Demote
19791 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19792 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19793 M-S-left Promote subtree
19794 M-S-right Demote subtree
19795 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19796 C-c ^ Sort entries
19797 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19798 TAB Cycle item visibility
19799 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19800 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19801 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19802
19803 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19804
19805 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgstruct) "org" "\
19806 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19807
19808 \(fn)" nil nil)
19809
19810 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19811 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19812
19813 \(fn)" nil nil)
19814
19815 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19816 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19817
19818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19819
19820 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19821 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19822 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19823 \\[org-insert-link].
19824 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19825 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19826 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19827
19828 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19829
19830 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19831 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19832 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19833 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19834 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19835
19836 \(fn)" nil nil)
19837
19838 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19839 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19840 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19841 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19842
19843 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19844
19845 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19846 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19847 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19848 of the remember buffer.
19849
19850 \(fn)" t nil)
19851
19852 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19853 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19854 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19855 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19856 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19857 file the text at a specific location.
19858 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19859 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19860 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19861
19862 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19863 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19864 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19865 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19866 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19867 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19868 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19869 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19870
19871 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19872 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19873 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19874 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19875
19876 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19877 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19878 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19879
19880 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19881 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19882 \(i.e. after the stars).
19883
19884 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19885
19886 \(fn)" nil nil)
19887
19888 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19889 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19890 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19891 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19892 g
19893 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19894 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19895 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19896 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19897 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19898 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19899 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19900 l Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19901 e Export views to associated files.
19902
19903 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19904 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19905 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19906
19907 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19908 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19909 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19910
19911 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19912
19913 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19914 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19915 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19916 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19917 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19918 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19919 before running the agenda command.
19920
19921 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19922
19923 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda-csv) "org" "\
19924 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19925 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19926 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19927 longer string is is used as a tags/todo match string.
19928 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19929 before running the agenda command.
19930
19931 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19932 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19933
19934 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19935
19936 category The category of the item
19937 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19938 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19939 todo selected in TODO match
19940 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19941 diary imported from diary
19942 deadline a deadline on given date
19943 scheduled scheduled on given date
19944 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19945 closed entry was closed on given date
19946 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19947 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19948 block entry has date block including g. date
19949 todo The todo keyword, if any
19950 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19951 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19952 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19953 extra Sting with extra planning info
19954 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19955 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19956 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19957
19958 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19959
19960 (autoload (quote org-store-agenda-views) "org" "\
19961 Not documented
19962
19963 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19964
19965 (autoload (quote org-batch-store-agenda-views) "org" "\
19966 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19967
19968 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19969
19970 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19971 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19972 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19973 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19974
19975 \(fn)" t nil)
19976
19977 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19978 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19979 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19980 will be able to go to other weeks.
19981 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19982 also be shown, under the current date.
19983 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19984 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19985 to turn on logging.
19986 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19987 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19988 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19989
19990 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19991
19992 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19993 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19994 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19995 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19996 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19997 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19998
19999 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20000
20001 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
20002 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20003 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20004
20005 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20006
20007 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
20008 Return diary information from org-files.
20009 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20010 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20011 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20012 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
20013
20014 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
20015 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
20016 also be listed, on the expiration day.
20017
20018 :sexp FIXME
20019
20020 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
20021 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
20022 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
20023 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
20024
20025 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
20026 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
20027 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
20028
20029 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
20030 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
20031 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
20032 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
20033
20034 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20035
20036 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20037
20038 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20039 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20040
20041 &%%(org-diary)
20042
20043 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20044 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20045 So the example above may also be written as
20046
20047 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20048
20049 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20050 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20051 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20052
20053 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20054
20055 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
20056 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20057 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20058 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20059
20060 \(fn)" t nil)
20061
20062 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
20063 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20064 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20065 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20066
20067 \(fn)" t nil)
20068
20069 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
20070 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20071 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20072
20073 \(fn)" t nil)
20074
20075 ;;;***
20076 \f
20077 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-all org-publish-current-file org-publish-current-project
20078 ;;;;;; org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el" (18104
20079 ;;;;;; 24771))
20080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20081
20082 (autoload (quote org-publish) "org-publish" "\
20083 Publish the project PROJECT-NAME.
20084
20085 \(fn PROJECT-NAME &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20086
20087 (autoload (quote org-publish-current-project) "org-publish" "\
20088 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20089 With prefix argument, force publishing all files in project.
20090
20091 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20092
20093 (autoload (quote org-publish-current-file) "org-publish" "\
20094 Publish the current file.
20095 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20096
20097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20098
20099 (autoload (quote org-publish-all) "org-publish" "\
20100 Publish all projects.
20101 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20102
20103 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20104
20105 ;;;***
20106 \f
20107 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20108 ;;;;;; (18104 24738))
20109 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20110 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20111
20112 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
20113 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20114 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20115 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20116
20117 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20118 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20119 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20120 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20121
20122 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20123 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20124 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20125 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20126 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20127 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20128
20129 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20130 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20131 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20132
20133 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20134 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20135 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20136 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20137 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20138 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20139 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20140 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20141 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20142 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20143 The subheadings remain visible.
20144 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20145
20146 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20147 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20148 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20149
20150 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20151 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20152
20153 \(fn)" t nil)
20154
20155 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
20156 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20157 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20158 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20159
20160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20161
20162 ;;;***
20163 \f
20164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18104
20165 ;;;;;; 24772))
20166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20167 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20168 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20169 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20170 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20171 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20172 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20173 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20174 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20175 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20176
20177 ;;;***
20178 \f
20179 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18104 24738))
20180 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20181
20182 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20183 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20184 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20185 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20186 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20187 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20188
20189 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
20190
20191 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
20192 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20193 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20194 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20195
20196 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20197 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20198
20199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20200
20201 ;;;***
20202 \f
20203 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20204 ;;;;;; (18104 24745))
20205 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20206
20207 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
20208 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20209 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20210 unknown are returned as nil.
20211
20212 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20213
20214 ;;;***
20215 \f
20216 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18104
20217 ;;;;;; 24768))
20218 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20219
20220 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
20221 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20222 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20223
20224 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20225 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20226
20227 Other useful functions are:
20228
20229 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20230 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20231 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20232 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20233 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20234 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20235 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20236 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20237 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20238
20239 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20240
20241 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20242 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20243 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20244 Indentation for case statements.
20245 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20246 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20247 mark after an end.
20248 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20249 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20250 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20251 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20252 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20253 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20254 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20255 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20256 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20257 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20258
20259 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20260 pascal-separator-keywords.
20261
20262 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20263 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20264
20265 \(fn)" t nil)
20266
20267 ;;;***
20268 \f
20269 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20270 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
20271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20272
20273 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
20274 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20275 The keys affected are:
20276 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20277 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20278 M-Backspace does undo.
20279 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20280 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20281 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20282
20283 \(fn)" t nil)
20284
20285 ;;;***
20286 \f
20287 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20288 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18104 24748))
20289 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20290
20291 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20292 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20293 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20295 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20296 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20297
20298 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20299
20300 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
20301 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20302
20303 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20304
20305 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20306 which modify the status of the mark.
20307
20308 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20309 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20310
20311 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20312 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20313
20314 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20315 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20316 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20317 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20318 turning PC Selection mode on.
20319
20320 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20321 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20322
20323 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20324 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20325 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20326
20327 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20328 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20329 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20330
20331 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20332 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20333
20334 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20335 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20336 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20337
20338 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20339 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20340 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20341
20342 F6 other-window
20343 DELETE delete-char
20344 C-DELETE kill-line
20345 M-DELETE kill-word
20346 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20347 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20348 M-BACKSPACE undo
20349
20350 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20351
20352 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20353 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20354 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20355 and cursor movement commands.
20356 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20357 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20358 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20359
20360 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20361
20362 ;;;***
20363 \f
20364 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18104
20365 ;;;;;; 24738))
20366 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20367
20368 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20369 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20370
20371 \(fn)" nil nil)
20372
20373 ;;;***
20374 \f
20375 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20376 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18104 24738))
20377 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20378
20379 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20380 Completion for `gzip'.
20381
20382 \(fn)" nil nil)
20383
20384 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20385 Completion for `bzip2'.
20386
20387 \(fn)" nil nil)
20388
20389 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20390 Completion for GNU `make'.
20391
20392 \(fn)" nil nil)
20393
20394 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20395 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20396
20397 \(fn)" nil nil)
20398
20399 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20400
20401 ;;;***
20402 \f
20403 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20404 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18104 24738))
20405 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20406
20407 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20408 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20409
20410 \(fn)" nil nil)
20411
20412 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20413 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20414
20415 \(fn)" nil nil)
20416
20417 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20418 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20419
20420 \(fn)" nil nil)
20421
20422 ;;;***
20423 \f
20424 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18104
20425 ;;;;;; 24738))
20426 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20427
20428 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20429 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20430 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20431 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20432 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20433 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20434
20435 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436
20437 ;;;***
20438 \f
20439 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20440 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20441 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18104 24738))
20442 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20443
20444 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20445 Completion for `cd'.
20446
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448
20449 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20450
20451 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20452 Completion for `rmdir'.
20453
20454 \(fn)" nil nil)
20455
20456 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20457 Completion for `rm'.
20458
20459 \(fn)" nil nil)
20460
20461 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20462 Completion for `xargs'.
20463
20464 \(fn)" nil nil)
20465
20466 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20467
20468 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20469 Completion for `which'.
20470
20471 \(fn)" nil nil)
20472
20473 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20474 Completion for the `chown' command.
20475
20476 \(fn)" nil nil)
20477
20478 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20479 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20480
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482
20483 ;;;***
20484 \f
20485 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20486 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20487 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18104
20488 ;;;;;; 24738))
20489 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20490
20491 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20492 Support extensible programmable completion.
20493 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20494 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20495
20496 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20497
20498 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20499 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20500
20501 \(fn)" t nil)
20502
20503 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20504 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20505 This will modify the current buffer.
20506
20507 \(fn)" t nil)
20508
20509 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20510 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20511
20512 \(fn)" t nil)
20513
20514 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20515 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20516 This will modify the current buffer.
20517
20518 \(fn)" t nil)
20519
20520 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20521 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20522
20523 \(fn)" t nil)
20524
20525 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20526 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20527
20528 \(fn)" t nil)
20529
20530 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20531 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20532 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20533 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20534 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20535
20536 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20537
20538 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20539 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20540
20541 \(fn)" nil nil)
20542
20543 ;;;***
20544 \f
20545 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20546 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20547 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18104 24738))
20548 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20549
20550 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20551 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20552 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20553 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20554
20555 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20556
20557 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20558
20559 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20560 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20561 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20562 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20563 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20564 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20565 FLAGS is ignored.
20566
20567 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20568
20569 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20570 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20571 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20572 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20573 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20574 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20575 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20576 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20577
20578 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20579
20580 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20581 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20582 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20583 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20584 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20585 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20586 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20587 passed to cvs.
20588
20589 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20590
20591 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20592 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20593 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20594 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20595 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20596 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20597 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20598
20599 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20600
20601 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20602
20603 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20604 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20605 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20606
20607 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20608
20609 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20610 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20611 A value of nil means never do it.
20612 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20613 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20614 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20615
20616 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20617
20618 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20619 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20620 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20621
20622 ;;;***
20623 \f
20624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18104 24738))
20625 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20626
20627 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20628
20629 ;;;***
20630 \f
20631 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20632 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
20633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20634
20635 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20636 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20637 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20638 Tab indents for Perl code.
20639 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20640 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20641 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20642 \\{perl-mode-map}
20643 Variables controlling indentation style:
20644 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20645 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20646 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20647 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20648 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20649 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20650 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20651 `perl-nochange'
20652 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20653 `perl-indent-level'
20654 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20655 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20656 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20657 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20658 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20659 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20660 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20661 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20662 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20663 `perl-brace-offset'
20664 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20665 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20666 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20667 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20668 `perl-label-offset'
20669 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20670 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20671 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20672
20673 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20674 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20675 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20676 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20677 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20678 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20679 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20680
20681 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20682
20683 \(fn)" t nil)
20684
20685 ;;;***
20686 \f
20687 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20688 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20689 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20690 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18104 24738))
20691 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20692
20693 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20694 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20695
20696 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20697
20698 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20699 passphrase cache or user.
20700
20701 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20702
20703 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20704 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20705
20706 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20707 cache or user.
20708
20709 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20710
20711 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20712 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20713
20714 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20715 the region.
20716
20717 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20718 passphrase cache or user.
20719
20720 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20721
20722 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20723 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20724
20725 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20726
20727 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20728 the region.
20729
20730 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20731 passphrase cache or user.
20732
20733 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20734
20735 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20736 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20737
20738 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20739 passphrase cache or user.
20740
20741 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20742
20743 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20744 Decrypt the current buffer.
20745
20746 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20747 the region.
20748
20749 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20750 passphrase cache or user.
20751
20752 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20753
20754 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20755 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20756
20757 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20758 a detached signature.
20759
20760 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20761 and the output is displayed.
20762
20763 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20764 passphrase cache or user.
20765
20766 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20767
20768 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20769 Sign the current buffer.
20770
20771 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20772 detached signature.
20773
20774 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20775 within the region.
20776
20777 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20778 and the output is displayed.
20779
20780 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20781 passphrase cache or user.
20782
20783 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20784
20785 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20786 Verify the current region between START and END.
20787 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20788 the detached signature of the current region.
20789
20790 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20791 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20792
20793 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20794
20795 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20796 Verify the current buffer.
20797 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20798 the detached signature of the current region.
20799 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20800 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20801 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20802 within the region.
20803
20804 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20805
20806 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20807 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20808
20809 \(fn)" t nil)
20810
20811 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20812 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20813
20814 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20815
20816 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20817 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20818
20819 \(fn)" t nil)
20820
20821 ;;;***
20822 \f
20823 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20824 ;;;;;; (18104 24738))
20825 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20826
20827 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20828 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20829
20830 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20831
20832 ;;;***
20833 \f
20834 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20835 ;;;;;; (18104 24772))
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20837
20838 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20839 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20840 \\<picture-mode-map>
20841 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20842 afterwards settable by these commands:
20843
20844 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20845 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20846 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20847 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20848
20849 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20850 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20851 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20852 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20853
20854 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20855 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20856 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20857 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20858
20859 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20860 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20861 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20862 with these commands:
20863
20864 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20865 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20866 Move to column following last
20867 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20868 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20869 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20870 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20871 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20872 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20873
20874 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20875
20876 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20877 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20878 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20879 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20880 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20881 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20882
20883 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20884 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20885 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20886 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20887 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20888 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20889 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20890
20891 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20892 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20893 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20894 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20895 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20896 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20897 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20898 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20899
20900 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20901 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20902 by supplying an argument.
20903
20904 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20905
20906 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20907 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20908
20909 \(fn)" t nil)
20910
20911 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20912
20913 ;;;***
20914 \f
20915 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20916 ;;;;;; (18104 24772))
20917 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20918
20919 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20920 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20921 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20922
20923 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20924
20925 ;;;***
20926 \f
20927 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18104 24762))
20928 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20929
20930 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20931 Play pong and waste time.
20932 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20933 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20934
20935 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20936
20937 \\{pong-mode-map}
20938
20939 \(fn)" t nil)
20940
20941 ;;;***
20942 \f
20943 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20944 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18104 24748))
20945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20946
20947 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20948 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20949 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20950 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20951
20952 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20953
20954 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20955 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20956
20957 \(fn)" nil nil)
20958
20959 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20960 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20961 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20962 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20963 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20964
20965 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20966
20967 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20968 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20969 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20970
20971 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20972
20973 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20974 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20975 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20976 Ignores leading comment characters.
20977
20978 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20979
20980 ;;;***
20981 \f
20982 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20983 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20984 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20985 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20986 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20987 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20988 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20989 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20990 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20991 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20992 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20993 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20994 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20995 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20996 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20997 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20998 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20999 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21000 ;;;;;; (18104 24738))
21001 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21002
21003 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
21004 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21005
21006 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21007
21008 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21009
21010 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21011
21012 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
21013 Preview directory using ghostview.
21014
21015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21016 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21017 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21018 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21019
21020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21021 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21022 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21023 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21024 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21025 file name.
21026
21027 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21028
21029 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21030
21031 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21032 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21033
21034 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21035 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21036 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21037 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21038
21039 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21040 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21041 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21042 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21043 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21044 file name.
21045
21046 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21047
21048 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21049
21050 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
21051 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21052
21053 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21054 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21055 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21056 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21057
21058 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21059 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21060 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21061 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21062 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21063 file name.
21064
21065 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21066
21067 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21068
21069 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
21070 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21071
21072 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21073
21074 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21075 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21076 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21077 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21078
21079 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21080 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21081 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21082 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21083 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21084 file name.
21085
21086 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21087
21088 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21089
21090 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
21091 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21092
21093 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21094 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21095 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21096
21097 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21098 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21099 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21100 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21101
21102 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21103
21104 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21105 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21106
21107 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21108 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21109 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21110
21111 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21112 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21113 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21114 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21115
21116 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21117
21118 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
21119 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21120
21121 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21122 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21123 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21124
21125 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21126 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21127 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21128 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21129
21130 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131
21132 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
21133 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21134
21135 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21136
21137 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21138 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21139 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21140
21141 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21142 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21143 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21144 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21145
21146 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21147
21148 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
21149 Preview region using ghostview.
21150
21151 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21152
21153 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21154
21155 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21156 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21157
21158 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21159
21160 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21161
21162 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
21163 Print region using PostScript printer.
21164
21165 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21166
21167 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21168
21169 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
21170 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21171
21172 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21173
21174 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21175
21176 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
21177 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21178
21179 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21180
21181 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21182
21183 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21184 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21185
21186 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21187
21188 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21189
21190 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
21191 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21192
21193 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21194
21195 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21196
21197 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
21198 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21199
21200 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21201
21202 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21203
21204 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
21205 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21206 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21207 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21208
21209 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21210 matching.
21211
21212 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21213 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21214
21215 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21216
21217 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
21220 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21221 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21222 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21223
21224 \(fn)" t nil)
21225
21226 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
21227 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21228 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21229 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21230
21231 \(fn)" t nil)
21232
21233 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
21234 Print directory using text printer.
21235
21236 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21237 matching.
21238
21239 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21240 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21241
21242 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21243
21244 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
21247 Print buffer using text printer.
21248
21249 \(fn)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
21252 Print region using text printer.
21253
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21255
21256 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
21257 Print major mode using text printer.
21258
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
21262 Preview spooled PostScript.
21263
21264 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21265 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21266 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21267
21268 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21269 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21270 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21271
21272 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21275 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21276
21277 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21278 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21279 instead of sending it to the printer.
21280
21281 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21282 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21283 image in a file with that name.
21284
21285 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21286
21287 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
21288 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21289
21290 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21291 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21292 instead of sending it to the printer.
21293
21294 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21295 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21296 image in a file with that name.
21297
21298 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21299
21300 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
21301 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21302
21303 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21304 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21305 instead of sending it to the printer.
21306
21307 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21308 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21309 image in a file with that name.
21310
21311 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
21314 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21315
21316 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21317
21318 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
21319 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21320
21321 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21324 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21325
21326 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21327
21328 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21329 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21330
21331 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21332
21333 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21334 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21335
21336 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21337
21338 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21339 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21340
21341 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21342 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21343 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21344 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21345
21346 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21347 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21348 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21349 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21350 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21351 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21352 file name.
21353
21354 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21357 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21358
21359 \(fn)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21362 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21363
21364 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21365 right.
21366 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21367 bottom.
21368
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21370
21371 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21372 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21373
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21377 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21382 Toggle printing with faces.
21383
21384 \(fn)" t nil)
21385
21386 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21387 Toggle spooling.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21392 Toggle duplex.
21393
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21397 Toggle tumble.
21398
21399 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21400 right.
21401 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21402 bottom.
21403
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21407 Toggle landscape.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21412 Toggle upside-down.
21413
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21417 Toggle line number.
21418
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21422 Toggle zebra stripes.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21427 Toggle printing header.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21432 Toggle printing header frame.
21433
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21437 Toggle menu lock.
21438
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21442 Toggle auto region.
21443
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21447 Toggle auto mode.
21448
21449 \(fn)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21452 Customization of the `printing' group.
21453
21454 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21457 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21458
21459 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21462 Help for the printing package.
21463
21464 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21467 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21468
21469 \(fn)" t nil)
21470
21471 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21472 Interactively select a text printer.
21473
21474 \(fn)" t nil)
21475
21476 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21477 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21478
21479 \(fn)" t nil)
21480
21481 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21482 Show current ps-print settings.
21483
21484 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21485
21486 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21487 Show current printing settings.
21488
21489 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21490
21491 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21492 Show current lpr settings.
21493
21494 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21495
21496 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21497 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21498
21499 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21500 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21501 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21502 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21503
21504
21505 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21506
21507 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21508 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21509 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21510
21511 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21512 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21513 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21514 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21515 current active printer.
21516
21517 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21518 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21519 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21520 printer.
21521
21522 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21523 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21524 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21525 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21526 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21527
21528
21529 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21530 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21531
21532 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21533
21534 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21535 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21536 be done using the new current active printer.
21537
21538 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21539 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21540 printer.
21541
21542 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21543 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21544 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21545 instead of sending it to the printer.
21546
21547 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21548 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21549 printer.
21550
21551 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21552
21553
21554 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21555 are both set to t.
21556
21557 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21558
21559 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21560 Fast fire function for text printing.
21561
21562 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21563 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21564 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21565 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21566
21567 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21568 user for a new active text printer.
21569
21570 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21571
21572 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21573
21574 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21575 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21576 printer.
21577
21578 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21579
21580 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21581 are both set to t.
21582
21583 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21584
21585 ;;;***
21586 \f
21587 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21588 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
21589 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21590
21591 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21592 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21593 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21594 Commands:
21595 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21596 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21597 if that value is non-nil.
21598
21599 \(fn)" t nil)
21600
21601 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21602
21603 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21604 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21605 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21606
21607 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21608
21609 ;;;***
21610 \f
21611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18104 24739))
21612 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21613
21614 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21615 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21616 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21617
21618 ;;;***
21619 \f
21620 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18104
21621 ;;;;;; 24768))
21622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21623
21624 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21625 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21626
21627 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21628
21629 The following variables hold user options, and can
21630 be set through the `customize' command:
21631
21632 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21633 `ps-mode-tab'
21634 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21635 `ps-mode-print-function'
21636 `ps-run-prompt'
21637 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21638 `ps-run-x'
21639 `ps-run-dumb'
21640 `ps-run-init'
21641 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21642 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21643
21644 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21645
21646
21647 \\{ps-mode-map}
21648
21649
21650 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21651 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21652 The keymap for this second window is:
21653
21654 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21655
21656
21657 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21658 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21659 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21660 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21661 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21662
21663 \(fn)" t nil)
21664
21665 ;;;***
21666 \f
21667 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21668 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21669 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21670 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21671 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21672 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18104
21673 ;;;;;; 24739))
21674 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21675
21676 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21677 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21678 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21679
21680 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21681
21682 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21683 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21684 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21685 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21686
21687 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21688
21689 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21690 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21691
21692 Valid values are:
21693
21694 nil Do not print colors.
21695
21696 t Print colors.
21697
21698 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21699 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21700
21701 Any other value is treated as t.")
21702
21703 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21704
21705 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21706 Customization of ps-print group.
21707
21708 \(fn)" t nil)
21709
21710 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21711 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21712
21713 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21714 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21715 sending it to the printer.
21716
21717 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21718 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21719 image in a file with that name.
21720
21721 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21722
21723 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21724 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21725 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21726 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21727 so it has a way to determine color values.
21728
21729 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21730
21731 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21732 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21733 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21734
21735 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21736
21737 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21738 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21739 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21740 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21741 so it has a way to determine color values.
21742
21743 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21744
21745 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21746 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21747 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21748 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21749
21750 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21751
21752 \(fn)" t nil)
21753
21754 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21755 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21756 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21757 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21758 so it has a way to determine color values.
21759
21760 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21761
21762 \(fn)" t nil)
21763
21764 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21765 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21766 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21767
21768 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21769
21770 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21771
21772 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21773 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21774 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21775 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21776 so it has a way to determine color values.
21777
21778 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21779
21780 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21781
21782 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21783 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21784
21785 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21786 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21787 instead of sending it to the printer.
21788
21789 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21790 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21791 image in a file with that name.
21792
21793 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21794
21795 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21796 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21797 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21798 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21799 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21800
21801 \(fn)" t nil)
21802
21803 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21804 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21805 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21806
21807 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21808
21809 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21810 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21811 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21812
21813 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21814
21815 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21816 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21817
21818 \(fn)" nil nil)
21819
21820 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21821 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21822
21823 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21824 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21825
21826 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21827 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21828
21829 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21830
21831 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21832
21833 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21834
21835 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21836 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21837
21838 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21839 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21840
21841 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21842 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21843
21844 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21845
21846 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21847
21848 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21849
21850 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21851 foreground and background colors respectively.
21852
21853 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21854 bold - use bold font.
21855 italic - use italic font.
21856 underline - put a line under text.
21857 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21858 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21859 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21860 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21861 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21862
21863 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21864
21865 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21866
21867 ;;;***
21868 \f
21869 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21870 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
21871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21872
21873 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21874
21875 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21876
21877 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21878
21879 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21880 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21881 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21882 buffer automatically.
21883
21884 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21885 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21886 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21887 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21888 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21889 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21890 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21891
21892 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21893 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21894 buffer for a list of commands.)
21895
21896 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21897
21898 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21899 Major mode for editing Python files.
21900 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21901 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21902 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21903 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21904
21905 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21906 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21907 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21908 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21909 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21910 \\<python-mode-map>
21911 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21912 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21913 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21914 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21915 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21916 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21917
21918 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21919 effect outside them.
21920
21921 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21922 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21923 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21924 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21925 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21926 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21927 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21928 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21929 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21930
21931 \\{python-mode-map}
21932
21933 \(fn)" t nil)
21934
21935 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21936 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21937 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21938 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21939
21940 \(fn)" t nil)
21941
21942 ;;;***
21943 \f
21944 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21945 ;;;;;; (18104 24754))
21946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21947
21948 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21949 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21950 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21951 coding-system.
21952
21953 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21954 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21955
21956 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21957 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21958 them into characters should be done separately.
21959
21960 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21961
21962 ;;;***
21963 \f
21964 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21965 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21966 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21967 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21968 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18104 24757))
21969 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21970
21971 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21972 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21973
21974 \(fn)" nil nil)
21975
21976 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21977 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21978 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21979
21980 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21981 `quail-activate', which see.
21982
21983 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21984
21985 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21986 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21987 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21988 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21989 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21990 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21991 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21992
21993 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21994 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21995 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21996 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21997 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21998 shown.
21999 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22000
22001 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22002 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22003 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22004 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22005 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22006 list of candidates.
22007
22008 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22009 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22010 command to be called.
22011
22012 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22013 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22014 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22015 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22016
22017 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22018 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22019 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22020 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22021 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22022 to t.
22023
22024 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22025 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22026 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22027 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22028
22029 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22030 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22031 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22032 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22033
22034 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22035 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22036 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22037 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22038 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22039 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22040
22041 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22042 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22043 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22044 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22045 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22046 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22047
22048 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22049 covers Quail translation region.
22050
22051 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22052 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22053 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22054 for it) is inserted.
22055
22056 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22057 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22058 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22059
22060 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22061 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22062 non-Quail commands.
22063
22064 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22065
22066 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22067 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22068
22069 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22070 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22071 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22072 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22073 you type is correctly handled.
22074
22075 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22076
22077 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22078 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22079
22080 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22081 keyboard type.
22082
22083 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22084
22085 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
22086 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22087 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22088 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22089 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22090 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22091 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22092 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22093 for the translation.
22094 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22095
22096 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22097 it is used to handle KEY.
22098
22099 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22100 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22101 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22102 the following annotation types are supported.
22103
22104 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22105 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22106
22107 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22108 candidate list.
22109
22110 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22111 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22112 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22113 inserted.
22114
22115 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22116 generated for the following translations.
22117
22118 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22119
22120 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
22121 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22122
22123 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22124 which to install MAP.
22125
22126 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22127
22128 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22129
22130 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
22131 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22132
22133 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22134 which to install MAP.
22135
22136 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22137
22138 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22139
22140 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
22141 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22142 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22143 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22144 a function, or a cons.
22145 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22146 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22147 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22148 for the translation.
22149 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22150 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22151 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22152 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22153 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22154
22155 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22156 it is used to handle KEY.
22157
22158 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22159 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22160 current Quail package.
22161
22162 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22163 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22164
22165 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22166
22167 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
22168 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22169
22170 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22171 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22172
22173 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22174
22175 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22176 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22177
22178 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22179
22180 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
22181 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22182 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22183 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22184 of the Emacs source tree.
22185
22186 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22187 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22188
22189 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22190 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22191 of each directory.
22192
22193 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22194
22195 ;;;***
22196 \f
22197 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22198 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22199 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18104
22200 ;;;;;; 24760))
22201 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22202
22203 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22204 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22205 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22206 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22207
22208 To make use of this do something like:
22209
22210 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22211
22212 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22213
22214 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22215 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22216
22217 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22218 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22219 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22220
22221 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22222
22223 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22224 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22225
22226 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22227
22228 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22229 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22230
22231 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22232 is decided.
22233
22234 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22235
22236 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22237 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22238
22239 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22240 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22241 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22242
22243 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22244
22245 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22246 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22247
22248 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22249
22250 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22251 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22252
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22256 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22257
22258 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22259
22260 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22261
22262 \(fn)" t nil)
22263
22264 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22265 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22266
22267 \(fn)" t nil)
22268
22269 ;;;***
22270 \f
22271 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22272 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18104 24760))
22273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22274
22275 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22276 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22277
22278 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22279
22280 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22281
22282 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22283
22284 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22285
22286 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22287 Not documented
22288
22289 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22290
22291 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22292 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22293 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22295 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22296 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22297
22298 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22299
22300 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22301 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22302
22303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22304
22305 ;;;***
22306 \f
22307 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18104
22308 ;;;;;; 24760))
22309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22310
22311 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22312 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22313 See \\[compile].
22314
22315 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22316
22317 ;;;***
22318 \f
22319 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22320 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
22321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22322
22323 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22324
22325 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22326 Construct a regexp interactively.
22327
22328 \(fn)" t nil)
22329
22330 ;;;***
22331 \f
22332 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18104 24739))
22333 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22334
22335 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22336 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22337 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22338 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22339 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22340 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22341
22342 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22343
22344 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22345 Toggle recentf mode.
22346 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22347 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22348
22349 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22350 that were operated on recently.
22351
22352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22353
22354 ;;;***
22355 \f
22356 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22357 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22358 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22359 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18104
22360 ;;;;;; 24739))
22361 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22362
22363 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22364 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22365 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22366 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22367
22368 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22369
22370 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22371
22372 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22373 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22374 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22375 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22376 ends.
22377
22378 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22379 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22380 to be deleted.
22381
22382 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22383
22384 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22385 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22386 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22387
22388 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22389 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22390 deleted.
22391
22392 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22393
22394 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22395 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22396 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22397
22398 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22399
22400 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22401 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22402
22403 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22404 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22405
22406 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22407 deleted.
22408
22409 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22410 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22411 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22412 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22413 even beep.)
22414
22415 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22416
22417 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22418 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22419
22420 \(fn)" t nil)
22421
22422 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22423 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22424 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22425 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22426 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22427 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22428 and point is at the lower right corner.
22429
22430 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22431
22432 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22433 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22434
22435 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22436 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22437
22438 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22439 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22440 on the right side of the rectangle.
22441
22442 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22443
22444 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22445
22446 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22447 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22448 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22449 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22450 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22451
22452 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22453 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22454
22455 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22456
22457 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22458 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22459 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22460
22461 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22462
22463 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22464
22465 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22466
22467 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22468 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22469
22470 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22471 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22472 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22473
22474 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22475
22476 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22477 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22478 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22479
22480 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22481 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22482 rectangle which were empty.
22483
22484 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22485
22486 ;;;***
22487 \f
22488 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18104
22489 ;;;;;; 24772))
22490 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22491
22492 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22493 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22494 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22495
22496 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22497 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22498 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22499
22500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22501
22502 ;;;***
22503 \f
22504 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22505 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18104 24772))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22507
22508 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22509 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22510
22511 \(fn)" nil nil)
22512
22513 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22514 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22515
22516 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22517 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22518
22519 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22520 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22521 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22522 \\ref macro.
22523
22524 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22525 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22526 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22527
22528 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22529 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22530 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22531
22532 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22533 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22534
22535 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22536 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22537
22538 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22539 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22540 on the menu bar.
22541
22542 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22543
22544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22545
22546 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22547 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22548 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22549
22550 \(fn)" nil nil)
22551
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22555 ;;;;;; (18104 24772))
22556 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22557
22558 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22559 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22560 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22561 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22562 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22563 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22564
22565 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22566
22567 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22568
22569 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22570 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22571 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22572 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22573 `reftex-cite-format'.
22574
22575 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22576 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22577 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22578 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22579
22580 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22581
22582 ;;;***
22583 \f
22584 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22585 ;;;;;; (18104 24772))
22586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22587
22588 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22589 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22590 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22591 the current TeX document.
22592
22593 With no argument, this command toggles
22594 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22595 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22596
22597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22598
22599 ;;;***
22600 \f
22601 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22602 ;;;;;; (18104 24772))
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22604
22605 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22606 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22607 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22608
22609 To insert new phrases, use
22610 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22611 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22612
22613 To index phrases use one of:
22614
22615 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22616 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22617 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22618 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22619 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22620
22621 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22622 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22623
22624 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22625
22626 Here are all local bindings.
22627
22628 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22629
22630 \(fn)" t nil)
22631
22632 ;;;***
22633 \f
22634 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22635 ;;;;;; (18104 24772))
22636 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22637
22638 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22639 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22640 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22641 of master file.
22642
22643 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22644
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18104
22648 ;;;;;; 24772))
22649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22650 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22651 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22652 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22653 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22654
22655 ;;;***
22656 \f
22657 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22658 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
22659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22660
22661 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22662 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22663 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22664 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22665 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22666 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22667
22668 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22669 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22670
22671 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22672 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22673
22674 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22675
22676 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22677 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22678 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22679 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22680
22681 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22682
22683 ;;;***
22684 \f
22685 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18104 24739))
22686 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22687
22688 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22689 Repeat most recently executed command.
22690 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22691 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22692 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22693
22694 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22695 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22696 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22697
22698 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22699
22700 ;;;***
22701 \f
22702 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22703 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
22704 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22705
22706 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22707 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22708
22709 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22710 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22711 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22712 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22713 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22714 and point is left after the salutation.
22715
22716 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22717 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22718 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22719 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22720 left after that text.
22721
22722 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22723 is non-nil.
22724
22725 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22726 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22727 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22728 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22729
22730 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22731
22732 ;;;***
22733 \f
22734 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22735 ;;;;;; (18104 24739))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22737
22738 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22739 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22740 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22741 visibility of comments that precede it.
22742 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22743 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22744 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22745 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22746 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22747 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22748 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22749 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22750 the comment lines.
22751 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22752 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22753 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22754 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22755 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22756
22757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22758 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22759
22760 ;;;***
22761 \f
22762 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18104
22763 ;;;;;; 24739))
22764 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22765
22766 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22767 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22768
22769 \(fn)" nil nil)
22770
22771 ;;;***
22772 \f
22773 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22774 ;;;;;; (18104 24739))
22775 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22776
22777 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22778 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22779 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22780
22781 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22782 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22783 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22784
22785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22786
22787 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22788 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22789 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22792 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22793
22794 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22795
22796 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22797 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22798 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22799
22800 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22801 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22802 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22803
22804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22805
22806 ;;;***
22807 \f
22808 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22809 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
22810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22811
22812 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22813 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22814
22815 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22816
22817 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22818 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22819
22820 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22821
22822 ;;;***
22823 \f
22824 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18104 24760))
22825 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22826 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22827
22828 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22829 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22830 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22831 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22832
22833 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22834
22835 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22836 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22837 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22838 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22839
22840 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22841 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22842
22843 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22844 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22845
22846 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22847 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22848 INPUT-ARGS.
22849
22850 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22851 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22852 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22853 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22854 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22855
22856 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22857 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22858 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22859 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22860
22861 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22862 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22863 variable.
22864
22865 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22866
22867 ;;;***
22868 \f
22869 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22870 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22871 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22872 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22873 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22874 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22875 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18104
22876 ;;;;;; 24758))
22877 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22878
22879 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22880 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22881 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22882
22883 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22884
22885 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22886 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22887 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22888 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22889
22890 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22891
22892 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22893 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22894 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22895 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22896 value is the user's email address and name.)
22897 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22898
22899 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22900 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22901 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22902 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22903 which normally happens once for each message,
22904 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22905 To make a change in this variable take effect
22906 for a message that you have already viewed,
22907 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22908
22909 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22910
22911 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22912 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22913 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22914 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22915
22916 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22917
22918 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22919 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22920
22921 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22922
22923 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22924 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22925 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22926 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22927
22928 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22929
22930 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22931 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22932
22933 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22934
22935 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22936 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22937
22938 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22939
22940 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22941 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22942 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22943 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22944 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22945
22946 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22947
22948 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22949 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22950 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22951 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22952
22953 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22954
22955 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22956 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22957
22958 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22959
22960 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22961 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22962
22963 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22964
22965 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22966 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22967
22968 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22969
22970 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22971 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22972
22973 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22974 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22975
22976 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22977 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22978
22979 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22980
22981 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22982 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22983
22984 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22985 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22986 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22987 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22988
22989 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22990 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22991
22992 This is set to nil by default.")
22993
22994 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22995 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22996 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22997 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22998 until a user explicitly requires it.
22999
23000 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23001 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23002 in your session.")
23003
23004 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
23005
23006 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23007 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23008 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23009 It is called with no argument.")
23010
23011 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23012 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23013 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23014 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23015 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23016 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23017 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23018
23019 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23020 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23021 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23022 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23023 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23024 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23025
23026 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23027 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23028 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23029 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23030 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23031
23032 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23033 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23034 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23035 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23036 MSG is the message number,
23037 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23038 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23039
23040 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
23041 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23042 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23043 this feature is required with `require'.
23044
23045 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23046 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23047
23048 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23049 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23050 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23051 the message is decoded as normal way.
23052
23053 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23054 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23055 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23056
23057 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23058 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23059 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23060
23061 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
23062 Read and edit incoming mail.
23063 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23064 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23065 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23066
23067 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23068 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23069 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23070 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23071
23072 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23073
23074 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23075
23076 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
23077 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23078 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23079 Instead, these commands are available:
23080
23081 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23082 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23083 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23084 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23085 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23086 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23087 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23088 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23089 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23090 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23091 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23092 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23093 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23094 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23095 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23096 till a deleted message is found.
23097 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23098 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23099 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23100 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23101 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23102 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23103 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23104 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23105 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23106 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23107 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23108 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23109 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23110 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23111 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23112 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23113 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23114 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23115 (label defaults to last one specified).
23116 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23117 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23118 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23119 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23120 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23121 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23122 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23123 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23124 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23125
23126 \(fn)" t nil)
23127
23128 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
23129 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23130
23131 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23132
23133 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
23134 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23135
23136 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23137
23138 ;;;***
23139 \f
23140 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23141 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
23142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23143
23144 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
23145 Edit the contents of this message.
23146
23147 \(fn)" t nil)
23148
23149 ;;;***
23150 \f
23151 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23152 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23153 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18104 24758))
23154 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23155
23156 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23157 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23158 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23159
23160 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23161
23162 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23163 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23164 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23165
23166 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23167
23168 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23169 Not documented
23170
23171 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23172
23173 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23174 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23175 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23176 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23177 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23178
23179 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23180
23181 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23182 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23183 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23184 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23185 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23186
23187 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23188
23189 ;;;***
23190 \f
23191 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23192 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
23193 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23194
23195 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
23196 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23197 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23198 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23199
23200 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23201
23202 ;;;***
23203 \f
23204 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23205 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23206 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18104 24758))
23207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23208
23209 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23210 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23211 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23212 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23213 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23214 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23215 a file name as a string.")
23216
23217 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23218
23219 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23220 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23221 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23222 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23223 buffer visiting that file.
23224 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23225 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23226
23227 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23228 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23229
23230 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23231 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23232
23233 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23234 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23235
23236 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23237
23238 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23239 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23240
23241 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23242
23243 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23244 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23245 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23246 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23247 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23248
23249 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23250 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23251 will be appended with their original headers.
23252
23253 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23254 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23255
23256 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23257 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23258
23259 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23260
23261 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23262
23263 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23264 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23265 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23266
23267 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23268
23269 ;;;***
23270 \f
23271 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23272 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23273 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18104
23274 ;;;;;; 24758))
23275 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23276
23277 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23278 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23279 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23280
23281 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23282
23283 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23284 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23285 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23286
23287 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23288
23289 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23290 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23291 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23292
23293 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23294
23295 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23296 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23297 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23298
23299 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23300
23301 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23302 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23303 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23304
23305 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23306
23307 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23308 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23309 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23310
23311 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23312
23313 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23314 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23315 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23316 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23317
23318 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23319
23320 ;;;***
23321 \f
23322 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23323 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23324 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23325 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23326 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18104 24758))
23327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23328
23329 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23330 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23331
23332 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23333
23334 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23335 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23336
23337 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23338
23339 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23340 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23341
23342 \(fn)" t nil)
23343
23344 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23345 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23346 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23347
23348 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23349
23350 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23351 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23352 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23353 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23354 only look in the To and From fields.
23355 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23356
23357 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23358
23359 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23360 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23361 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23362 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23363 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23364
23365 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23366
23367 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23368 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23369 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23370 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23371 look in the whole message.
23372 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23373
23374 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23375
23376 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23377 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23378 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23379
23380 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23381
23382 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23383 *Function to decode summary-line.
23384
23385 By default, `identity' is set.")
23386
23387 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23388
23389 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23390 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23391 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23392 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23393 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23394 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23395 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23396
23397 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23398 sent by you under different user names.
23399 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23400
23401 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23402
23403 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23404
23405 ;;;***
23406 \f
23407 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23408 ;;;;;; (18104 24760))
23409 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23410
23411 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23412 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23413 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23414 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23415
23416 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23417
23418 ;;;***
23419 \f
23420 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23421 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18104 24739))
23422 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23423
23424 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23425 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23426
23427 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23428
23429 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23430 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23431
23432 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23433
23434 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23435 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23436
23437 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23438
23439 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23440 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23441 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23442
23443 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23444 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23445 in ROT13.
23446
23447 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23448
23449 \(fn)" t nil)
23450
23451 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23452 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23453
23454 \(fn)" t nil)
23455
23456 ;;;***
23457 \f
23458 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18104
23459 ;;;;;; 24739))
23460 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23461
23462 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23463 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23464
23465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23466
23467 ;;;***
23468 \f
23469 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18104
23470 ;;;;;; 24748))
23471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23472
23473 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23474 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23475 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23476 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23477
23478 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23479
23480 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23481 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23482 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23483 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23484
23485 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23486 notation.
23487
23488 STRING
23489 matches string STRING literally.
23490
23491 CHAR
23492 matches character CHAR literally.
23493
23494 `not-newline', `nonl'
23495 matches any character except a newline.
23496 .
23497 `anything'
23498 matches any character
23499
23500 `(any SET ...)'
23501 `(in SET ...)'
23502 `(char SET ...)'
23503 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23504 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23505 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23506
23507 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23508 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23509 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23510 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23511
23512 `(not (any SET ...))'
23513 matches any character not in SET ...
23514
23515 `line-start', `bol'
23516 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23517 in the text being matched
23518
23519 `line-end', `eol'
23520 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23521
23522 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23523 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23524 string being matched against.
23525
23526 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23527 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23528 string being matched against.
23529
23530 `buffer-start'
23531 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23532 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23533
23534 `buffer-end'
23535 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23536 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23537
23538 `point'
23539 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23540
23541 `word-start', `bow'
23542 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23543
23544 `word-end', `eow'
23545 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23546
23547 `word-boundary'
23548 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23549 word.
23550
23551 `(not word-boundary)'
23552 `not-word-boundary'
23553 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23554 word.
23555
23556 `symbol-start'
23557 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23558
23559 `symbol-end'
23560 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23561
23562 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23563 matches 0 through 9.
23564
23565 `control', `cntrl'
23566 matches ASCII control characters.
23567
23568 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23569 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23570
23571 `blank'
23572 matches space and tab only.
23573
23574 `graphic', `graph'
23575 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23576 space, and DEL.
23577
23578 `printing', `print'
23579 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23580 and DEL.
23581
23582 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23583 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23584 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23585
23586 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23587 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23588 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23589
23590 `ascii'
23591 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23592
23593 `nonascii'
23594 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23595
23596 `lower', `lower-case'
23597 matches anything lower-case.
23598
23599 `upper', `upper-case'
23600 matches anything upper-case.
23601
23602 `punctuation', `punct'
23603 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23604 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23605
23606 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23607 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23608
23609 `word', `wordchar'
23610 matches anything that has word syntax.
23611
23612 `not-wordchar'
23613 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23614
23615 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23616 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23617 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23618 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23619
23620 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23621 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23622 `word' (\\sw)
23623 `symbol' (\\s_)
23624 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23625 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23626 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23627 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23628 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23629 `escape' (\\s\\)
23630 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23631 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23632 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23633 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23634 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23635
23636 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23637 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23638
23639 `(category CATEGORY)'
23640 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23641 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23642
23643 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23644 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23645 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23646 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23647 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23648 `symbol' (\\c5)
23649 `digit' (\\c6)
23650 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23651 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23652 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23653 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23654 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23655 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23656 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23657 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23658 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23659 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23660 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23661 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23662 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23663 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23664 `ascii' (\\ca)
23665 `arabic' (\\cb)
23666 `chinese' (\\cc)
23667 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23668 `greek' (\\cg)
23669 `korean' (\\ch)
23670 `indian' (\\ci)
23671 `japanese' (\\cj)
23672 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23673 `latin' (\\cl)
23674 `lao' (\\co)
23675 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23676 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23677 `thai' (\\ct)
23678 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23679 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23680 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23681 `can-break' (\\c|)
23682
23683 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23684 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23685
23686 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23687 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23688 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23689 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23690 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23691
23692 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23693 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23694 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23695 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23696
23697 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23698 another name for `submatch'.
23699
23700 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23701 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23702 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23703 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23704 regular expression.
23705
23706 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23707 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23708 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23709 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23710 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23711
23712 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23713 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23714
23715 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23716 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23717
23718 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23719 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23720 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23721
23722 `(* SEXP ...)'
23723 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23724 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23725
23726 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23727 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23728 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23729
23730 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23731 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23732 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23733
23734 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23735 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23736
23737 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23738 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23739
23740 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23741 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23742 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23743 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23744
23745 `(? SEXP ...)'
23746 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23747
23748 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23749 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23750
23751 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23752 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23753 matches N occurrences.
23754
23755 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23756 matches N or more occurrences.
23757
23758 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23759 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23760 matches N to M occurrences.
23761
23762 `(backref N)'
23763 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23764
23765 `(backref N)'
23766 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23767
23768 `(backref N)'
23769 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23770
23771 `(eval FORM)'
23772 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23773 `regexp-quote' it.
23774
23775 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23776 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23777
23778 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23779
23780 ;;;***
23781 \f
23782 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23783 ;;;;;; (18104 24739))
23784 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23785
23786 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23787 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23788 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23789 interface.")
23790
23791 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23792
23793 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23794 Toggle savehist-mode.
23795 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23796 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23797 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23798 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23799
23800 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23801 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23802 which is probably undesirable.
23803
23804 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23805
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23809 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23811
23812 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23813 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23814 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23815
23816 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23817 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23818 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23819 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23820 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23821 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23822 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23823 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23824
23825 Commands:
23826 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23827 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23828 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23829 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23830 if that value is non-nil.
23831
23832 \(fn)" t nil)
23833
23834 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23835 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23836 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23837
23838 Commands:
23839 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23840 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23841 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23842 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23843 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23844 that variable's value is a string.
23845
23846 \(fn)" t nil)
23847
23848 ;;;***
23849 \f
23850 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23851 ;;;;;; (18104 24755))
23852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23853
23854 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23855 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23856 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23857
23858 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23859
23860 \(fn)" t nil)
23861
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (18104
23865 ;;;;;; 24760))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23867
23868 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23869 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23870 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23871 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23872
23873 Interesting variables:
23874
23875 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23876 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23877
23878 `scribe-electric-quote'
23879 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23880
23881 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23882 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23883 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23884
23885 \(fn)" t nil)
23886
23887 ;;;***
23888 \f
23889 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23890 ;;;;;; (18104 24739))
23891 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23892
23893 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23894 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23895 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23898 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23899
23900 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23901
23902 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23903 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23904 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23905 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23906 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23907
23908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23909
23910 ;;;***
23911 \f
23912 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23913 ;;;;;; (18104 24739))
23914 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23915
23916 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23917 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23918 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23919 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23920 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23921 during scrolling.
23922
23923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23924
23925 ;;;***
23926 \f
23927 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23928 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23929 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23930 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23931 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23932 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23933 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23934 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23935 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18104 24758))
23936 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23937
23938 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23939 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23940
23941 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23942 king@grassland.com
23943 If `parens', they look like:
23944 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23945 If `angles', they look like:
23946 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23947 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23948 derived from the envelope-from address.
23949
23950 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23951 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23952 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23953 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23954
23955 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23956
23957 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23958 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23959 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23960 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23961
23962 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23963 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23964 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23965 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23966
23967 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23968
23969 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23970 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23971 This is done when the message is initialized,
23972 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23973
23974 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23975
23976 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23977 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23978 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23979
23980 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23981
23982 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23983
23984 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23985 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23986 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23987 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23988 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23989 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23990 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23991
23992 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23993
23994 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23995 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23996
23997 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23998
23999 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24000 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24001 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24002
24003 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
24004
24005 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24006 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24007 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24008 when you first send mail.")
24009
24010 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
24011
24012 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24013 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24014 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24015 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24016 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24017
24018 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
24019
24020 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24021 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24022 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24023 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24024 This file need not actually exist.")
24025
24026 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
24027
24028 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24029 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24030 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24031
24032 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
24033
24034 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24035 Alist of mail address aliases,
24036 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24037 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24038 can specify a different file name.)
24039 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24040 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24041
24042 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24043 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24044 nil means use indentation.")
24045
24046 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
24047
24048 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24049 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24050 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24051
24052 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
24053
24054 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24055 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24056 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24057 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24058 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24059 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24060 in the cited portion of the message.
24061
24062 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24063 instead of no action.")
24064
24065 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
24066
24067 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24068 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24069 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24070 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24071 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24072
24073 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
24074
24075 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24076 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24077 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24078 If a string, that string is inserted.
24079 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24080 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24081 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24082 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24083
24084 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
24085
24086 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24087 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24088
24089 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
24090
24091 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24092 Directory for mail buffers.
24093 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24094 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24095
24096 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
24097
24098 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24099 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24100 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24101 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24102
24103 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
24104
24105 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24106 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24107 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24108 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24109 is non-nil.")
24110
24111 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
24112
24113 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
24114 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24115 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24116 `query' means ask the user each time.
24117 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24118 The default is `mime'.
24119 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24120 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24121
24122 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
24123
24124 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
24125 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24126 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24127
24128 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24129 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24130
24131 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24132 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24133 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24134 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24135 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24136 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24137 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24138 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24139 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24140 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24141 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24142 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24143 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24144
24145 \(fn)" t nil)
24146
24147 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24148 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24149
24150 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24151 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24152
24153 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
24154
24155 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24156 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24157 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24158 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24159 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24160 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24161
24162 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
24163 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24164 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24165
24166 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24167 User should not set this variable manually,
24168 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24169 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24170 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24171 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24172
24173 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
24174 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24175 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24176 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24177
24178 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24179 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24180
24181 \\<mail-mode-map>
24182 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24183
24184 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24185 to move to message header fields:
24186 \\{mail-mode-map}
24187
24188 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24189 when the message is initialized.
24190
24191 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24192 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24193
24194 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24195 is inserted.
24196
24197 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24198 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24199
24200 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24201 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24202 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24203 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24204 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24205 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24206 buffer without erasing the contents.
24207
24208 The second through fifth arguments,
24209 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24210 the initial contents of those header fields.
24211 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24212 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24213 original message being replied to, or else an action
24214 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24215 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24216 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24217 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24218 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24219 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24220
24221 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24222
24223 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24224 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24225
24226 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24227
24228 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24229 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24230
24231 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24232
24233 ;;;***
24234 \f
24235 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24236 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18104 24739))
24237 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24238
24239 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24240 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24241 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24242 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24243 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24244 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24245
24246 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24247 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24248
24249 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24250
24251 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24252 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24253 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24255 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24256 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24257
24258 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24259
24260 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24261 Toggle Server mode.
24262 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24263 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24264 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24265
24266 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24267
24268 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24269 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24270
24271 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24272
24273 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24274 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24275
24276 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24277
24278 ;;;***
24279 \f
24280 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18104 24739))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24282
24283 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24284 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24285 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24286
24287 Key definitions:
24288 \\{ses-mode-map}
24289 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24290 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24291 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24292 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24293
24294 \(fn)" t nil)
24295
24296 ;;;***
24297 \f
24298 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24299 ;;;;;; (18104 24772))
24300 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24301
24302 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24303 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24304 Makes > match <.
24305 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24306 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24307
24308 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24309 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24310 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24311
24312 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24313 in your `.emacs' file.
24314
24315 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24316
24317 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24318 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24319 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24320
24321 \(fn)" t nil)
24322
24323 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24324
24325 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24326 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24327 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24328 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24329 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24330 which this is based.
24331
24332 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24333
24334 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24335 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24336 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24337 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24338
24339 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24340 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24341 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24342
24343 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24344 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24345 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24346 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24347
24348 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24349 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24350 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24351 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24352
24353 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24354
24355 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24356 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24357 To work around that, do:
24358 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24359
24360 \\{html-mode-map}
24361
24362 \(fn)" t nil)
24363
24364 ;;;***
24365 \f
24366 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24367 ;;;;;; (18104 24768))
24368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24369 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24370
24371 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24372 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24373 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24374 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24375 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24376 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24377
24378 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24379 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24380 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24381 shell-specific features.
24382
24383 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24384 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24385 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24386 \\<sh-mode-map>
24387 \\[sh-case] case statement
24388 \\[sh-for] for loop
24389 \\[sh-function] function definition
24390 \\[sh-if] if statement
24391 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24392 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24393 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24394 \\[sh-select] select loop
24395 \\[sh-until] until loop
24396 \\[sh-while] while loop
24397
24398 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24399 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24400 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24401 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24402 would indent to the way it currently is.
24403 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24404 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24405
24406
24407 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24408 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24409 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24410 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24411 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24412 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24413
24414 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24415 {, (, [, ', \", `
24416 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24417
24418 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24419 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24420 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24421
24422 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24423 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24424
24425 \(fn)" t nil)
24426
24427 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24428
24429 ;;;***
24430 \f
24431 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18104 24755))
24432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24433
24434 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24435 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24436 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24437 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24438 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24439 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24440
24441 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24442
24443 ;;;***
24444 \f
24445 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24446 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
24447 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24448
24449 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24450 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24451
24452 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24453 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24454 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24455 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24456 the earlier.
24457
24458 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24459
24460 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24461
24462 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24463 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24464 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24465
24466 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24467 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24468
24469 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24470 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24471 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24472 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24473 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24474 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24475 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24476 Emacs version).
24477
24478 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24479 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24480 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24481 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24482 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24483
24484 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24485 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24486 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24487
24488 \(fn)" t nil)
24489
24490 ;;;***
24491 \f
24492 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24493 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18104
24494 ;;;;;; 24739))
24495 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24496
24497 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24498 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24499 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24500 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24501 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24502 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24503 in the cluster.
24504
24505 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24506
24507 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24508 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24509 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24510 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24511 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24512
24513 \(fn)" t nil)
24514
24515 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24516 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24517 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24518 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24519 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24520 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24521 `shadow-define-cluster').
24522
24523 \(fn)" t nil)
24524
24525 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24526 Set up file shadowing.
24527
24528 \(fn)" t nil)
24529
24530 ;;;***
24531 \f
24532 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24533 ;;;;;; (18104 24739))
24534 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24535
24536 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24537 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24538 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24539 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24540 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24541 arguments.")
24542
24543 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24544
24545 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24546 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24547 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24548 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24549 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24550 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24551 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24552 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24553 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24554 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24555 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24556 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24557 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24558 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24559
24560 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24561 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24562 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24563 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24564 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24565 `default-process-coding-system'.
24566
24567 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24568 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24569 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24570 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24571
24572 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24573
24574 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24575 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24576
24577 ;;;***
24578 \f
24579 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24580 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18104 24755))
24581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24582
24583 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24584 Not documented
24585
24586 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24587
24588 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24589 Not documented
24590
24591 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24592
24593 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24594 Not documented
24595
24596 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24597
24598 ;;;***
24599 \f
24600 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24601 ;;;;;; (18104 24755))
24602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24603
24604 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24605 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24606 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24607 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24608 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24609
24610 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24611
24612 \(fn)" t nil)
24613
24614 ;;;***
24615 \f
24616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18104 24740))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24618 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24619
24620 ;;;***
24621 \f
24622 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18104
24623 ;;;;;; 24769))
24624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24625
24626 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24627 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24628 \\{simula-mode-map}
24629 Variables controlling indentation style:
24630 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24631 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24632 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24633 `simula-indent-level'
24634 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24635 `simula-substatement-offset'
24636 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24637 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24638 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24639 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24640 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24641 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24642 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24643 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24644 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24645 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24646 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24647 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24648 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24649 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24650 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24651 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24652 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24653 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24654 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24655 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24656 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24657 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24658 or nil if they should not be changed.
24659 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24660 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24661 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24662 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24663
24664 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24665 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24666
24667 \(fn)" t nil)
24668
24669 ;;;***
24670 \f
24671 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24672 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18104 24740))
24673 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24674
24675 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24676 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24677
24678 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24679 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24680 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24681 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24682
24683 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24684
24685 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24686 Insert SKELETON.
24687 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24688 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24689 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24690 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24691 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24692
24693 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24694 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24695
24696 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24697
24698 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24699 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24700
24701 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24702 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24703 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24704 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24705
24706 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24707 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24708 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24709 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24710
24711 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24712 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24713 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24714
24715 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24716 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24717
24718 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24719 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24720
24721 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24722 _ interesting point, interregion here
24723 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24724 interesting point set by _
24725 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24726 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24727 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24728 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24729 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24730 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24731 nil skipped
24732
24733 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24734 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24735
24736 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24737 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24738 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24739 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24740 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24741 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24742 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24743 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24744
24745 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24746 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24747 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24748 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24749 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24750 available:
24751
24752 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24753 then: insert previously read string once more
24754 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24755 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24756 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24757
24758 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24759 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24760
24761 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24762
24763 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24764 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24765
24766 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24767 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24768 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24769 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24770 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24771 such as backslash.
24772
24773 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24774 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24775 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24776
24777 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24778
24779 ;;;***
24780 \f
24781 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24782 ;;;;;; (18104 24740))
24783 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24784
24785 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24786 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24787 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24788 buffer names.
24789
24790 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24791
24792 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24793 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24794 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24795
24796 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24797
24798 ;;;***
24799 \f
24800 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24801 ;;;;;; (18104 24755))
24802 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24803
24804 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24805 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24806 A list of images is returned.
24807
24808 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24809
24810 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24811 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24812 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24813
24814 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24815
24816 ;;;***
24817 \f
24818 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24819 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18104 24758))
24820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24821
24822 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24823 Not documented
24824
24825 \(fn)" nil nil)
24826
24827 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24828 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24829
24830 \(fn)" t nil)
24831
24832 ;;;***
24833 \f
24834 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18104 24762))
24835 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24836
24837 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24838 Play the Snake game.
24839 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24840
24841 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24842
24843 Snake mode keybindings:
24844 \\<snake-mode-map>
24845 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24846 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24847 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24848 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24849 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24850 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24851 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24852
24853 \(fn)" t nil)
24854
24855 ;;;***
24856 \f
24857 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24858 ;;;;;; (18104 24760))
24859 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24860
24861 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24862 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24863 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24864 Tab indents for C code.
24865 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24866 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24867 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24868 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24869 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24870
24871 \(fn)" t nil)
24872
24873 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24874 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24875 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24876 Tab indents for C code.
24877 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24878 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24879 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24880 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24881 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24882
24883 \(fn)" t nil)
24884
24885 ;;;***
24886 \f
24887 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24888 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24889 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18104 24745))
24890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24891
24892 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24893 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24894
24895 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24896 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24897 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24898
24899 For example, the form
24900
24901 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24902 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24903
24904 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24905
24906 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24907
24908 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24909 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24910
24911 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24912 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24913 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24914 York City.
24915
24916 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24917
24918 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24919
24920 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24921 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24922
24923 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24924 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24925 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24926 York City.
24927
24928 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24929
24930 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24931
24932 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24933 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24934 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24935 pair.
24936
24937 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24938
24939 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24940
24941 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24942 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24943 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24944
24945 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24946 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24947
24948 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24949
24950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24951
24952 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24953 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24954 Requires floating point.
24955
24956 \(fn)" nil nil)
24957
24958 ;;;***
24959 \f
24960 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18104
24961 ;;;;;; 24762))
24962 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24963
24964 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24965 Play Solitaire.
24966
24967 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24968 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24969 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24970 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24971 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24972 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24973 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24974 check after each move or undo)
24975
24976 What is Solitaire?
24977
24978 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24979 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24980 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24981
24982 Le Solitaire
24983 ============
24984
24985 o o o
24986
24987 o o o
24988
24989 o o o o o o o
24990
24991 o o o . o o o
24992
24993 o o o o o o o
24994
24995 o o o
24996
24997 o o o
24998
24999 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25000 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25001 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25002 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25003
25004 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25005 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25006 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25007 this: o o .
25008
25009 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25010 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25011
25012 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25013
25014 o o o
25015
25016 . o o
25017
25018 o o . o o o o
25019
25020 o . o o o o o
25021
25022 o o o o o o o
25023
25024 o o o
25025
25026 o o o
25027
25028 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25029
25030 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25031
25032 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25033
25034 ;;;***
25035 \f
25036 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25037 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25038 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18104 24740))
25039 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25040
25041 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
25042 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25043
25044 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25045 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25046 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25047 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25048 contiguous.
25049
25050 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25051 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25052 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25053 the sort order.
25054
25055 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25056 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25057
25058 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25059 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25060 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25061 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25062 is called.
25063
25064 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25065 It should move point to the end of the record.
25066
25067 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25068 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25069 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25070 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25071 starts at the beginning of the record.
25072
25073 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25074 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25075 same as ENDRECFUN.
25076
25077 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25078 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25079
25080 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25081
25082 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
25083 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25084 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25085 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25086 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25087 the sort order.
25088
25089 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25090
25091 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
25092 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25093 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25094 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25095 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25096 the sort order.
25097
25098 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25099
25100 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
25101 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25102 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25103 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25104 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25105 the sort order.
25106
25107 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25108
25109 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
25110 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25111 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25112 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25113 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25114 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25115 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25116 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25117 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25118
25119 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25120
25121 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
25122 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25123 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25124 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25125 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25126 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25127 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25128 the sort order.
25129
25130 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25131
25132 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
25133 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25134 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25135 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25136 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25137 is to be used for sorting.
25138 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25139 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25140 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25141 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25142 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25143
25144 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25145
25146 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25147 the sort order.
25148
25149 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25150 starting with the letter \"f\",
25151 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25152
25153 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25154
25155 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
25156 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25157 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25158 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25159 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25160 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25161 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25162 the sort order.
25163
25164 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25165 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25166 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25167 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25168 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25169
25170 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25171
25172 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
25173 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25174 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25175
25176 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25177
25178 ;;;***
25179 \f
25180 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18104
25181 ;;;;;; 24755))
25182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25183
25184 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
25185 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25186
25187 \(fn)" t nil)
25188
25189 ;;;***
25190 \f
25191 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25192 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25193 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18104 24755))
25194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25195
25196 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
25197 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25198
25199 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25200 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25201 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25202
25203 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25204
25205 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
25206 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25207 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25208 server.
25209
25210 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25211
25212 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25213 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25214 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25215
25216 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25217
25218 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25219 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25220 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25221 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25222 Agent is plugged.
25223
25224 \(fn)" t nil)
25225
25226 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25227 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25228 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25229 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25230
25231 \(fn)" t nil)
25232
25233 ;;;***
25234 \f
25235 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25236 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18104 24740))
25237 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25238
25239 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25240
25241 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25242 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25243 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25244 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25245 supported at a time.
25246 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25247 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25248
25249 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25250
25251 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25252 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25253 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25254 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25255
25256 \(fn)" t nil)
25257
25258 ;;;***
25259 \f
25260 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25261 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18104 24772))
25262 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25263
25264 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25265
25266 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25267 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25268 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25269 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25270 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25271 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25272
25273 \(fn)" t nil)
25274
25275 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25276 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25277 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25278 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25279
25280 \(fn)" t nil)
25281
25282 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25283 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25284 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25285 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25286 for example, \"word\".
25287
25288 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25289
25290 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25291 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25292
25293 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25294
25295 ;;;***
25296 \f
25297 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18104
25298 ;;;;;; 24762))
25299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25300
25301 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25302 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25303
25304 \(fn)" t nil)
25305
25306 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25307 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25308
25309 \(fn)" nil nil)
25310
25311 ;;;***
25312 \f
25313 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25314 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25315 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25316 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18104
25317 ;;;;;; 24769))
25318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25319
25320 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25321 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25322
25323 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25324 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25325 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25326 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25327 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25328 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25329 of the current highlighting list.
25330
25331 For example:
25332
25333 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25334 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25335
25336 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25337 `_t' as data types.
25338
25339 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25340
25341 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25342 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25343
25344 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25345 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25346
25347 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25348
25349 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25350 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25351 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25352
25353 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25354
25355 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25356 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25357 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25358 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25359 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25360 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25361 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25362 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25363 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25364
25365 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25366
25367 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25368 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25369 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25370 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25371
25372 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25373 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25374 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25375 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25376
25377 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25378 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25379 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25380
25381 \(fn)" t nil)
25382
25383 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25384 Major mode to edit SQL.
25385
25386 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25387 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25388 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25389
25390 \\{sql-mode-map}
25391 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25392
25393 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25394 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25395 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25396 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25397 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25398 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25399
25400 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25401 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25402
25403 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25404 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25405 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25406
25407 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25408 (lambda ()
25409 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25410
25411 \(fn)" t nil)
25412
25413 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25414 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25415
25416 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25417 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25418 `*SQL*'.
25419
25420 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25421
25422 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25423
25424 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25425 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25426
25427 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25428 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25429 `*SQL*'.
25430
25431 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25432 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25433 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25434 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25435
25436 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25437 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25438
25439 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25440 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25441 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25442 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25443 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25444 `default-process-coding-system'.
25445
25446 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25447
25448 \(fn)" t nil)
25449
25450 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25451 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25452
25453 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25454 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25455 `*SQL*'.
25456
25457 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25458 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25459 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25460 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25461
25462 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25463 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25464
25465 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25466 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25467 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25468 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25469 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25470 `default-process-coding-system'.
25471
25472 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25473
25474 \(fn)" t nil)
25475
25476 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25477 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25478
25479 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25480 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25481 `*SQL*'.
25482
25483 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25484 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25485
25486 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25487 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25488
25489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25490 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25491 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25492 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25494 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495
25496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25497
25498 \(fn)" t nil)
25499
25500 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25501 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25502
25503 SQLite is free software.
25504
25505 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25506 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25507 `*SQL*'.
25508
25509 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25510 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25511 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25512 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25513
25514 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25515 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25516
25517 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25518 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25519 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25520 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25521 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25522 `default-process-coding-system'.
25523
25524 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25525
25526 \(fn)" t nil)
25527
25528 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25529 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25530
25531 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25532
25533 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25534 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25535 `*SQL*'.
25536
25537 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25538 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25539 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25540 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25541
25542 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25543 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25544
25545 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25546 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25547 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25548 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25549 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25550 `default-process-coding-system'.
25551
25552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25553
25554 \(fn)" t nil)
25555
25556 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25557 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25558
25559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25561 `*SQL*'.
25562
25563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25564 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25565 defaults, if set.
25566
25567 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25568 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25569
25570 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25571 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25572 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25573 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25574 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25575 `default-process-coding-system'.
25576
25577 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25578
25579 \(fn)" t nil)
25580
25581 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25582 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25583
25584 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25585 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25586 `*SQL*'.
25587
25588 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25589 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25590
25591 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25592 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25593
25594 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25595 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25596 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25597 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25598 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25599 `default-process-coding-system'.
25600
25601 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25602
25603 \(fn)" t nil)
25604
25605 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25606 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25607
25608 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25609 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25610 `*SQL*'.
25611
25612 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25613 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25614 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25615 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25616
25617 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25618 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25619
25620 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25621 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25622 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25623 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25624 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25625 `default-process-coding-system'.
25626
25627 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25628
25629 \(fn)" t nil)
25630
25631 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25632 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25633
25634 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25635 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25636 `*SQL*'.
25637
25638 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25639 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25640 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25641 `sql-postgres-options'.
25642
25643 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25644 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25645
25646 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25647 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25648 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25649 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25650 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25651 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25652 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25653 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25654
25655 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25656 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25657
25658 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25659
25660 \(fn)" t nil)
25661
25662 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25663 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25664
25665 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25666 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25667 `*SQL*'.
25668
25669 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25670 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25671 defaults, if set.
25672
25673 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25674 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25675
25676 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25677 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25678 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25679 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25680 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25681 `default-process-coding-system'.
25682
25683 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25684
25685 \(fn)" t nil)
25686
25687 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25688 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25689
25690 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25691 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25692 `*SQL*'.
25693
25694 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25695 automatic login.
25696
25697 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25698 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25699
25700 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25701 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25702 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25703 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25704
25705 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25706 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25707 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25708 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25709 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25710 `default-process-coding-system'.
25711
25712 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25713
25714 \(fn)" t nil)
25715
25716 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25717 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25718
25719 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25720 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25721 `*SQL*'.
25722
25723 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25724 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25725 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25726 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25727 parameters.
25728
25729 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25730 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25731 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25732 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25733 an empty password.
25734
25735 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25736 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25737
25738 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25739
25740 \(fn)" t nil)
25741
25742 ;;;***
25743 \f
25744 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25745 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25746 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25747 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25748 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18104
25749 ;;;;;; 24740))
25750 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25751
25752 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25753 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25754 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25755 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25756 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25757 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25758
25759 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25760
25761 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25762
25763 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25764 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25765 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25766 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25767 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25768 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25769 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25770
25771 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25772
25773 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25774 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25775 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25776 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25777 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25778 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25779 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25780
25781 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25782
25783 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25784 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25785 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25786
25787 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25788
25789 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25790 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25791 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25792
25793 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25794
25795 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25796 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25797
25798 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25799
25800 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25801 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25802
25803 \(fn)" t nil)
25804
25805 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25806 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25807
25808 \(fn)" t nil)
25809
25810 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25811 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25812 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25813 chronologically by command name.
25814 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25815
25816 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25817
25818 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25819 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25820 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25822 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25823 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25824
25825 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25826
25827 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25828 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25829 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25830 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25831 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25832 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25833 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25834
25835 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25836 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25837 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25838 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25839
25840 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25841
25842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25843
25844 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25845 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25846 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25847 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25848
25849 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25850
25851 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25852 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25853
25854 \(fn)" t nil)
25855
25856 ;;;***
25857 \f
25858 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25859 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17994 6715))
25860 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25861
25862 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25863 Studlify-case the region.
25864
25865 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25866
25867 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25868 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25869
25870 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25871
25872 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25873 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25874
25875 \(fn)" t nil)
25876
25877 ;;;***
25878 \f
25879 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18104 24740))
25880 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25881
25882 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25883 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25884 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25885 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25886 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25887 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25888
25889 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25890 is used instead of `load-path'.
25891
25892 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25893 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25894 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25895
25896 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25897
25898 ;;;***
25899 \f
25900 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25901 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
25902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25903
25904 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25905 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25906 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25907 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25908 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25909 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25910 original message but it does require a few things:
25911
25912 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25913
25914 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25915 reply buffer.
25916
25917 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25918 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25919 original message.
25920
25921 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25922
25923 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25924
25925 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25926 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25927 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25928
25929 \(fn)" nil nil)
25930
25931 ;;;***
25932 \f
25933 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18104 24740))
25934 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25935
25936 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25937 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25938 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25941 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25942
25943 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25944
25945 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25946 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
25947 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25948
25949 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
25950 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25951 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
25952
25953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25954
25955 ;;;***
25956 \f
25957 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18104 24740))
25958 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25959
25960 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25961 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25962 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25963 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25964 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25965
25966 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25967
25968 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25969 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25970 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25971 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25972 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25973 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25974 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25975
25976 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25977
25978 ;;;***
25979 \f
25980 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25981 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25982 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25983 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25984 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25985 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25986 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25987 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25988 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25989 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25990 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25991 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25992 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18104 24772))
25993 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25994
25995 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25996 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25997 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25998
25999 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
26000
26001 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26002 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26003
26004 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
26005
26006 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26007 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26008
26009 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
26010
26011 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26012 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26013
26014 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
26015
26016 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
26017 Insert an editable text table.
26018 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26019 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26020 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26021 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26022 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26023 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26024 delimiting them.
26025
26026 Examples:
26027
26028 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26029
26030 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26031 location of point.
26032
26033 -!-
26034
26035 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26036 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26037 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26038 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26039 first cell.
26040
26041 +-----+-----+-----+
26042 |-!- | | |
26043 +-----+-----+-----+
26044
26045 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26046
26047 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26048 width, which results as
26049
26050 +--------------+-----+-----+
26051 |-!- | | |
26052 +--------------+-----+-----+
26053
26054 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26055 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26056
26057 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26058 | | |-!- |
26059 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26060
26061 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26062 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26063 width information to `table-insert'.
26064
26065 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26066
26067 instead of
26068
26069 Cell width(s): 5
26070
26071 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26072 work all together.
26073
26074 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26075 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26076
26077 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26078 |-!- | | |
26079 | | | |
26080 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26081
26082 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26083
26084 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26085 |-!- | | |
26086 | | | |
26087 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26088 | | | |
26089 | | | |
26090 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26091
26092 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26093
26094 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26095 | | | |
26096 | | | |
26097 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26098 | | | |
26099 | | | |
26100 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26101 -!-
26102
26103 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26104 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26105 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26106
26107 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26108 | | | |
26109 | | | |
26110 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26111 | | | |
26112 | | | |
26113 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26114 |-!- | | |
26115 | | | |
26116 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26117
26118 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26119 results.
26120
26121 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26122 | | | |
26123 | | | |
26124 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26125 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26126 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26127 | | |expected results.-!- |
26128 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26129 | | | |
26130 | | | |
26131 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26132
26133 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26134
26135 \\{table-cell-map}
26136
26137 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26138
26139 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
26140 Insert N table row(s).
26141 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26142 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26143 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26144 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26145
26146 \(fn N)" t nil)
26147
26148 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
26149 Insert N table column(s).
26150 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26151 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26152 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26153 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26154
26155 \(fn N)" t nil)
26156
26157 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
26158 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26159 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26160
26161 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26162
26163 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
26164 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26165 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26166 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26167 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26168 all the table specific features.
26169
26170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26171
26172 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
26173 Not documented
26174
26175 \(fn)" t nil)
26176
26177 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
26178 Recognize all tables within region.
26179 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26180 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26181 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26182 specific features.
26183
26184 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26185
26186 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
26187 Not documented
26188
26189 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26190
26191 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
26192 Recognize a table at point.
26193 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26194 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26195 the table specific features.
26196
26197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26198
26199 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
26200 Not documented
26201
26202 \(fn)" t nil)
26203
26204 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
26205 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26206 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26207 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26208 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26209 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26210 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26211
26212 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26213
26214 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26215 Not documented
26216
26217 \(fn)" t nil)
26218
26219 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26220 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26221 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26222 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26223 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26224 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26225 specified.
26226
26227 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26228
26229 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26230 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26231 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26232 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26233 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26234 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26235 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26236 table structure.
26237
26238 \(fn N)" t nil)
26239
26240 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26241 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26242 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26243 table's rectangle structure.
26244
26245 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26246
26247 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26248 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26249 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26250 table's rectangle structure.
26251
26252 \(fn N)" t nil)
26253
26254 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26255 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26256 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26257 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26258 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26259
26260 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26261
26262 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26263 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26264 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26265
26266 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26267 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26268 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26269 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26270 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26271 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26272 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26273
26274 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26275 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26276 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26277 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26278 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26279 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26280 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26281
26282 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26283 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26284 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26285 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26286 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26287 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26288 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26289 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26290
26291 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26292
26293 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26294 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26295 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26296 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26297
26298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26299
26300 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26301 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26302 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26303
26304 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26305
26306 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26307 Split current cell vertically.
26308 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26309
26310 \(fn)" t nil)
26311
26312 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26313 Split current cell horizontally.
26314 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26315
26316 \(fn)" t nil)
26317
26318 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26319 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26320 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26321
26322 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26323
26324 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26325 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26326 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26327 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26328
26329 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26330
26331 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26332 Justify cell contents.
26333 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26334 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26335 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26336 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26337
26338 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26339
26340 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26341 Justify cells of a row.
26342 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26343 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26344
26345 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26346
26347 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26348 Justify cells of a column.
26349 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26350 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26351
26352 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26353
26354 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26355 Toggle fixing width mode.
26356 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26357 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26358 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26359
26360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26361
26362 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26363 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26364 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26365 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26366 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26367 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26368 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26369 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26370 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26371 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26372 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26373
26374 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26375
26376 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26377 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26378 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26379 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26380 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26381 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26382 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26383 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26384 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26385 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26386 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26387 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26388 untouched.
26389
26390 References used for this implementation:
26391
26392 HTML:
26393 http://www.w3.org
26394
26395 LaTeX:
26396 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26397
26398 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26399 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26400 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26401
26402 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26403
26404 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26405 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26406 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26407 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26408 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26409 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26410 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26411 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26412 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26413 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26414 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26415 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26416 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26417 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26418 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26419 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26420 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26421
26422 Example:
26423
26424 (progn
26425 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26426 (table-forward-cell 15)
26427 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26428 (table-forward-cell 16)
26429 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26430 (table-forward-cell 1)
26431 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26432
26433 (progn
26434 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26435 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26436 (table-forward-cell 1)
26437 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26438
26439 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26440
26441 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26442 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26443 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26444 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26445 consists from cells of same height.
26446
26447 \(fn N)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26450 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26451 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26452 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26453 column must consists from cells of same width.
26454
26455 \(fn N)" t nil)
26456
26457 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26458 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26459 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26460 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26461 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26462 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26463 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26464 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26465 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26466 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26467 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26468 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26469 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26470 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26471 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26472
26473
26474 Example 1:
26475
26476 1, 2, 3, 4
26477 5, 6, 7, 8
26478 , 9, 10
26479
26480 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26481 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26482 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26483 specified as 5.
26484
26485 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26486 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26487 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26488 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26489 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26490 | | 9 | 10 | |
26491 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26492
26493 Note:
26494
26495 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26496 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26497 of each row is optional.
26498
26499
26500 Example 2:
26501
26502 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26503 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26504 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26505 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26506 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26507
26508 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26509 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26510
26511 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26512 expression and raw delimiter regular
26513 expression, it parses the specified text
26514 area and extracts cell items from
26515 non-table text and then forms a table out
26516 of them.
26517
26518 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26519 creates a single cell table. The text in
26520 the specified region is placed in that
26521 cell.-*-
26522
26523 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26524 like this.
26525
26526 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26527 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26528 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26529 | |
26530 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26531 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26532 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26533 | area and extracts cell items from |
26534 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26535 | of them. |
26536 | |
26537 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26538 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26539 | the specified region is placed in that |
26540 | cell. |
26541 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26542
26543 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26544 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26545 independently.
26546
26547 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26548 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26549 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26550 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26551 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26552 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26553 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26554 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26555 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26556 | |of them. |
26557 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26558 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26559 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26560 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26561 | |cell. |
26562 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26563
26564 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26565 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26566 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26567
26568 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26569
26570 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26571 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26572 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26573 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26574 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26575
26576 \(fn)" t nil)
26577
26578 ;;;***
26579 \f
26580 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18104 24740))
26581 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26582
26583 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26584 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26585
26586 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26587
26588 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26589 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26590
26591 \(fn)" t nil)
26592
26593 ;;;***
26594 \f
26595 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18104 24740))
26596 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26597
26598 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26599 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26600 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26601 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26602 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26603 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26604 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26605
26606 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26607 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26608 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26609 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26610
26611 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26612 \\{tar-mode-map}
26613
26614 \(fn)" t nil)
26615
26616 ;;;***
26617 \f
26618 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26619 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18104 24769))
26620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26621
26622 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26623 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26624 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26625 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26626 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26627 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26628
26629 Variables controlling indentation style:
26630 `tcl-indent-level'
26631 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26632 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26633 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26634
26635 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26636 documentation for details):
26637 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26638 Controls action of TAB key.
26639 `tcl-auto-newline'
26640 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26641 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26642 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26643 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26644 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26645
26646 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26647 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26648 already exist.
26649
26650 Commands:
26651 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26652
26653 \(fn)" t nil)
26654
26655 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26656 Run inferior Tcl process.
26657 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26658 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26659
26660 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26661
26662 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26663 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26664 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26665
26666 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26667
26668 ;;;***
26669 \f
26670 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18104 24760))
26671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26672 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26673
26674 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26675 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26676 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26677 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26678
26679 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26680 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26681 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26682 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26683 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26684
26685 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26686 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26687
26688 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26689 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26690 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26691 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26692
26693 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26694
26695 ;;;***
26696 \f
26697 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18104
26698 ;;;;;; 24740))
26699 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26700
26701 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26702 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26703 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26704 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26705 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26706 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26707
26708 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26709
26710 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26711 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26712 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26713 commands to use in that buffer.
26714
26715 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26716
26717 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26718
26719 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26720 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26721
26722 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26723
26724 ;;;***
26725 \f
26726 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18104
26727 ;;;;;; 24740))
26728 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26729
26730 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26731 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26732 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26733 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26734 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26735 program as keyboard input.
26736
26737 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26738 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26739 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26740 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26741
26742 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26743 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26744 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26745 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26746 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26747
26748 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26749
26750 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26751 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26752 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26753 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26754
26755 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26756 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26757 subprocess started.
26758
26759 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26760
26761 ;;;***
26762 \f
26763 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26764 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
26765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26766
26767 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26768 Start coverage on function under point.
26769
26770 \(fn)" t nil)
26771
26772 ;;;***
26773 \f
26774 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18104 24762))
26775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26776
26777 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26778 Play the Tetris game.
26779 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26780 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26781 as to form complete rows.
26782
26783 tetris-mode keybindings:
26784 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26785 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26786 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26787 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26788 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26789 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26790 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26791 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26792 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26793
26794 \(fn)" t nil)
26795
26796 ;;;***
26797 \f
26798 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26799 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26800 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26801 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26802 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26803 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26804 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26805 ;;;;;; (18104 24772))
26806 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26807
26808 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26809 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26810
26811 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26812
26813 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26814 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26815 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26816 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26817 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26818
26819 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26820
26821 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26822 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26823 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26824 if it matches the first line of the file,
26825 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26826
26827 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26828
26829 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26830 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26831 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26832 if the variable is non-nil.")
26833
26834 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26835
26836 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26837 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26838
26839 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26840
26841 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26842 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26843 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26844 See the documentation of that variable.")
26845
26846 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26847
26848 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26849 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26850 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26851 See the documentation of that variable.")
26852
26853 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26854
26855 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26856 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26857 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26858 See the documentation of that variable.")
26859
26860 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26861
26862 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26863 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26864 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26865 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26866 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26867
26868 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26869
26870 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26871 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26872 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26873 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26874
26875 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26876
26877 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26878 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26879 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26880
26881 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26882
26883 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26884 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26885 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26886 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26887
26888 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26889
26890 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26891 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26892 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26893 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26894
26895 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26896
26897 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26898 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26899 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26900 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26901
26902 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26903 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26904 for example,
26905
26906 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26907 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26908
26909 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26910 use.")
26911
26912 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26913
26914 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26915 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26916 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26917 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26918 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26919
26920 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26925 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26926 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26927
26928 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26929
26930 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26931 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26932 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26933 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26934 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26935
26936 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26937
26938 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26939 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26940
26941 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26942
26943 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26944 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26945
26946 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26947
26948 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26949 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26950 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26951 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26952 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26953 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26954 says which mode to use.
26955
26956 \(fn)" t nil)
26957
26958 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26959
26960 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26961
26962 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26963
26964 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26965 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26966 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26967 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26968 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26969
26970 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26971 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26972 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26973 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26974 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26975 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26976 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26977
26978 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26979 mismatched $'s or braces.
26980
26981 Special commands:
26982 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26983
26984 Mode variables:
26985 tex-run-command
26986 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26987 tex-directory
26988 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26989 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26990 tex-dvi-print-command
26991 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26992 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26993 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26994 argument) to print a .dvi file.
26995 tex-dvi-view-command
26996 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26997 tex-show-queue-command
26998 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26999 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27000
27001 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27002 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27003 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27004
27005 \(fn)" t nil)
27006
27007 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27008 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27009 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27010 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27011 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27012
27013 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27014 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27015 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27016 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27017 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27018 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27019 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27020
27021 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27022 mismatched $'s or braces.
27023
27024 Special commands:
27025 \\{latex-mode-map}
27026
27027 Mode variables:
27028 latex-run-command
27029 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27030 tex-directory
27031 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27032 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27033 tex-dvi-print-command
27034 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27035 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27036 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27037 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27038 tex-dvi-view-command
27039 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27040 tex-show-queue-command
27041 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27042 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27043
27044 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27045 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27046 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27047
27048 \(fn)" t nil)
27049
27050 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27051 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27052 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27053 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27054 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27055
27056 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27057 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27058 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27059 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27060 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27061 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27062 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27063
27064 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27065 mismatched $'s or braces.
27066
27067 Special commands:
27068 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27069
27070 Mode variables:
27071 slitex-run-command
27072 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27073 tex-directory
27074 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27075 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27076 tex-dvi-print-command
27077 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27078 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27079 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27080 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27081 tex-dvi-view-command
27082 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27083 tex-show-queue-command
27084 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27085 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27086
27087 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27088 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27089 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27090 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27091
27092 \(fn)" t nil)
27093
27094 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
27095 Not documented
27096
27097 \(fn)" nil nil)
27098
27099 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27100 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27101
27102 \(fn)" t nil)
27103
27104 ;;;***
27105 \f
27106 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27107 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18104 24773))
27108 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27109
27110 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
27111 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27112 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27113 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27114
27115 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27116 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27117 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27118
27119 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27120
27121 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
27122 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27123 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27124 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27125 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27126
27127 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27128
27129 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
27130 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27131 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27132 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27133
27134 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27135 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27136 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27137 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27138
27139 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27140 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27141
27142 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27143
27144 ;;;***
27145 \f
27146 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27147 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18104 24773))
27148 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27149
27150 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27151 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27152
27153 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
27154
27155 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27156 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27157
27158 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
27159
27160 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
27161 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27162
27163 It has these extra commands:
27164 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27165
27166 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27167 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27168 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27169 modified version of TeX input format.
27170
27171 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27172 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27173 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27174 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27175
27176 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27177 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27178 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27179 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27180 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27181 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27182 in the Texinfo file.
27183
27184 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27185 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27186 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27187 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27188 move forward past the closing brace.
27189
27190 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27191 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27192
27193 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27194 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27195 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27196
27197 Here are the functions:
27198
27199 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27200 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27201 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27202
27203 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27204 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27205 texinfo-master-menu
27206
27207 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27208
27209 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27210 which menu descriptions are indented.
27211
27212 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27213 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27214 in the region.
27215
27216 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27217 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27218 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27219 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27220
27221 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27222 be the first node in the file.
27223
27224 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27225 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27226
27227 \(fn)" t nil)
27228
27229 ;;;***
27230 \f
27231 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27232 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27233 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27234 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
27235 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27236
27237 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27238 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27239 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27240 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27241
27242 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27243
27244 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27245 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27246
27247 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27248
27249 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27250 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27251
27252 \(fn)" t nil)
27253
27254 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27255 Not documented
27256
27257 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27258
27259 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27260 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27261 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27262 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27263 to compose.
27264
27265 The return value is number of composed characters.
27266
27267 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27268
27269 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27270 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27271
27272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27273
27274 ;;;***
27275 \f
27276 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27277 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27278 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18104 24740))
27279 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27280
27281 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27282 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27283
27284 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27285
27286 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27287 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27288 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27289 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27290 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27291
27292 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27293 a symbol as a valid THING.
27294
27295 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27296 of the textual entity that was found.
27297
27298 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27299
27300 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27301 Return the THING at point.
27302 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27303 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27304 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27305
27306 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27307 a symbol as a valid THING.
27308
27309 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27310
27311 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27312 Not documented
27313
27314 \(fn)" nil nil)
27315
27316 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27317 Not documented
27318
27319 \(fn)" nil nil)
27320
27321 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27322 Not documented
27323
27324 \(fn)" nil nil)
27325
27326 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27327 Not documented
27328
27329 \(fn)" nil nil)
27330
27331 ;;;***
27332 \f
27333 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27334 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27335 ;;;;;; (18104 24740))
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27337
27338 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27339 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27340
27341 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27342
27343 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27344 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27345 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27346 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27347
27348 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27349
27350 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27351 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27352
27353 \(fn)" t nil)
27354
27355 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27356 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27357
27358 \(fn)" t nil)
27359
27360 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27361
27362 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27363 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27364
27365 \(fn)" t nil)
27366
27367 ;;;***
27368 \f
27369 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27370 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27371 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27372 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27373 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27374 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18104 24758))
27375 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27376
27377 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27378 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27379 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27380
27381 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27382
27383 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27384 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27385
27386 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27387
27388 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27389 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27390 The returned string has no composition information.
27391
27392 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27393
27394 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27395 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27396
27397 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27398
27399 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27400 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27401
27402 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27403
27404 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27405 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27406 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27407 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27408
27409 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27410
27411 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27412 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27413 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27414 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27415
27416 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27417
27418 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27419 Not documented
27420
27421 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27422
27423 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27424 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27425 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27426
27427 \(fn)" t nil)
27428
27429 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27430 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27431 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27432
27433 \(fn)" t nil)
27434
27435 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27436 Not documented
27437
27438 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27439
27440 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27441 Not documented
27442
27443 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27444
27445 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27446 Not documented
27447
27448 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27449
27450 ;;;***
27451 \f
27452 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27453 ;;;;;; (18104 24773))
27454 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27455
27456 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27457 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27458 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27459 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27460 parameters.
27461 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27462
27463 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27464
27465 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27466 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27467 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27468 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27469 parameters.
27470 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27471
27472 \(fn)" t nil)
27473
27474 ;;;***
27475 \f
27476 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27477 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18104 24740))
27478 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27479
27480 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27481 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27482
27483 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27484
27485 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27486 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27487 This display updates automatically every minute.
27488 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27489 are displayed as well.
27490 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27491
27492 \(fn)" t nil)
27493
27494 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27495 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27496 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27499 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27500
27501 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27502
27503 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27504 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27505 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27506
27507 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27508 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27509 are displayed as well.
27510 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27511
27512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27513
27514 ;;;***
27515 \f
27516 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27517 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27518 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27519 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18104
27520 ;;;;;; 24745))
27521 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27522
27523 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27524 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27525
27526 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27527
27528 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27529 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27530 You can use `float-time' instead.
27531
27532 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27533
27534 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27535 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27536
27537 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27538
27539 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27540 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27541
27542 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27543
27544 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27545 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27546
27547 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27548
27549 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27550 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27551 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27552
27553 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27554
27555 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27556
27557 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27558 Subtract two time values.
27559 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27560
27561 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27562
27563 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27564 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27565
27566 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27567
27568 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27569 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27570 DATE should be a date-time string.
27571
27572 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27573
27574 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27575 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27576 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27577
27578 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27579
27580 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27581 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27582
27583 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27584
27585 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27586 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27587
27588 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27589
27590 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27591 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27592 TIME should be a time value.
27593 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27594
27595 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27596
27597 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27598 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27599 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27600
27601 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27602
27603 ;;;***
27604 \f
27605 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27606 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18104 24740))
27607 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27608 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27609 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27610 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27611 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27612 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27613 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27614 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27615
27616 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27617 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27618 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27619 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27620 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27621 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27622 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27623 look like one of the following:
27624 Time-stamp: <>
27625 Time-stamp: \" \"
27626 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27627 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27628 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27629 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27630 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27631 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27632 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27633 the template.
27634
27635 \(fn)" t nil)
27636
27637 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27638 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27639 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27640
27641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27642
27643 ;;;***
27644 \f
27645 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27646 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27647 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27648 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27649 ;;;;;; (18104 24745))
27650 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27651
27652 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27653 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27654 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27655 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27656 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27657 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27658 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27659 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27660 display (non-nil means on).
27661
27662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27663
27664 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27665 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27666 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27667 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27668 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27669 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27670 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27671 this function is called within a day.
27672
27673 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27674 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27675 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27676 discover the name of the project.
27677
27678 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27679
27680 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27681 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27682 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27683 begun during the last time segment.
27684
27685 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27686 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27687 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27688 discover the reason.
27689
27690 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27691
27692 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27693 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27694 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27695 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27696 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27697
27698 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27699
27700 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27701 Change to working on a different project.
27702 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27703 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27704 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27705 working on.
27706
27707 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27708
27709 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27710 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27711 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27712
27713 \(fn)" nil nil)
27714
27715 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27716 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27717 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27718
27719 \(fn)" t nil)
27720
27721 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27722 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27723 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27724 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27725 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27726 \"relative to today\".
27727
27728 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27729
27730 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27731 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27732 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27733 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27734
27735 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27736
27737 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27738 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27739 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27740 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27741 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27742 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27743
27744 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27745
27746 ;;;***
27747 \f
27748 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27749 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27750 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18104 24748))
27751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27752
27753 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27754
27755 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27756 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27757
27758 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27759
27760 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27761 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27762 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27763 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27764
27765 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27766
27767 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27768 Perform an action at time TIME.
27769 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27770 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27771 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27772 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27773 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27774 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27775 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27776 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27777 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27778 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27779 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27780
27781 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27782
27783 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27784
27785 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27786 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27787 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27788 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27789 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27790
27791 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27792
27793 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27794
27795 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27796 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27797 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27798 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27799
27800 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27801
27802 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27803 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27804 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27805 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27806 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27807 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27808 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27809
27810 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27811 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27812
27813 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27814
27815 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27816 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27817
27818 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27819 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27820 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27821 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27822 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27823 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27824 be detected.
27825
27826 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27827
27828 ;;;***
27829 \f
27830 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27831 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18104 24757))
27832 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27833
27834 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27835 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27836 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27837 the generated Quail package is saved.
27838
27839 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27840
27841 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27842 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27843 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27844 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27845 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27846 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27847 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27848
27849 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27850
27851 ;;;***
27852 \f
27853 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27854 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18104
27855 ;;;;;; 24758))
27856 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27857
27858 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27859 Not documented
27860
27861 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27862
27863 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27864 Not documented
27865
27866 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27867
27868 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27869 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27870 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27871 PATTERN regexp.
27872
27873 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27874
27875 ;;;***
27876 \f
27877 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27878 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18104 24740))
27879 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27880 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27881 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27882
27883 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27884 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27885 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27886 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27887 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27888
27889 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27890
27891 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27892 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27893 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27894 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27895 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27896
27897 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27898
27899 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27900 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27901 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27902 in the menu in two ways:
27903 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27904 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27905 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27906
27907 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27908 keymap or an alist of alists.
27909 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27910 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27911
27912 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27913
27914 ;;;***
27915 \f
27916 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27917 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27918 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18104 24745))
27919 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27920
27921 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27922 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27923
27924 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27925
27926 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27927 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27928
27929 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27930
27931 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27932 Insert new TODO list entry.
27933 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27934 category.
27935
27936 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27937
27938 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27939 List top priorities for each category.
27940
27941 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27942 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27943
27944 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27945 between each category.
27946
27947 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27948
27949 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27950 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27951 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27952 between each category.
27953
27954 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27955
27956 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27957
27958 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27959 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27960
27961 \\{todo-mode-map}
27962
27963 \(fn)" t nil)
27964
27965 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27966 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27967
27968 \(fn)" nil nil)
27969
27970 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27971 Show TODO list.
27972
27973 \(fn)" t nil)
27974
27975 ;;;***
27976 \f
27977 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27978 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27979 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (18104 24740))
27980 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27981
27982 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27983 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27984 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27985
27986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27987
27988 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27989
27990 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27991 Add an item to the tool bar.
27992 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27993 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
27994 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
27995 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
27996
27997 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
27998 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27999 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28000 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28001
28002 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28003 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28004
28005 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28006
28007 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
28008 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28009 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28010 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28011 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28012 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28013
28014 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28015 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28016 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28017 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28018
28019 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28020
28021 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
28022 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28023 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28024 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28025 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28026 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28027 properties to add to the binding.
28028
28029 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28030
28031 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28032 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28033
28034 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28035
28036 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
28037 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28038 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28039 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28040 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28041 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28042 properties to add to the binding.
28043
28044 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28045 holds a keymap.
28046
28047 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28048
28049 ;;;***
28050 \f
28051 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28052 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
28053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28054
28055 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28056 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28057 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28058 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28059 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28060 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28061
28062 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
28063
28064 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
28065 TPU/edt emulation.
28066
28067 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28068
28069 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
28070
28071 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
28072 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28073
28074 \(fn)" t nil)
28075
28076 ;;;***
28077 \f
28078 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
28079 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (18104 24748))
28080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
28081
28082 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
28083 Set scroll margins.
28084
28085 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
28086
28087 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
28088 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
28089
28090 \(fn)" t nil)
28091
28092 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
28093 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
28094
28095 \(fn)" t nil)
28096
28097 ;;;***
28098 \f
28099 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18104 24748))
28100 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28101
28102 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
28103 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28104 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28105 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28106 to a tcp server on another machine.
28107
28108 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28109
28110 ;;;***
28111 \f
28112 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28113 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18104 24748))
28114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28115
28116 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28117 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28118
28119 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
28120
28121 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
28122 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28123 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28124 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28125 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28126 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28127 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28128 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28129
28130 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28131
28132 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
28133 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28134 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28135 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28136 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28137 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28138 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28139 the window or buffer configuration.
28140
28141 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28142
28143 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28144
28145 ;;;***
28146 \f
28147 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28148 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28149 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax) "tramp" "net/tramp.el"
28150 ;;;;;; (18104 24760))
28151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28152
28153 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep (quote xemacs)) (quote sep) (quote ftp)) "\
28154 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28155
28156 It can have the following values:
28157
28158 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28159 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28160 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28161
28162 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-syntax) "tramp" t)
28163
28164 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28165 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28166 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28167 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28168
28169 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28170 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28171 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28172 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28173
28174 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28175 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28176 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28177
28178 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax (quote ftp)) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax (quote sep)) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax (quote url)) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28179 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
28180 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
28181 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28182 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28183 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28184 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
28185 files which are not really Tramp files.
28186
28187 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28188 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28189 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28190 updated after changing this variable.
28191
28192 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28193
28194 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type (quote (cygwin windows-nt))) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:][^/]*$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$") "\
28195 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28196 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28197 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28198
28199 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (if (memq system-type (quote (cygwin windows-nt))) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$") "\
28200 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28201 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28202 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28203
28204 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (if (memq system-type (quote (cygwin windows-nt))) "^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/$\\|^\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$" "^/$\\|^/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?$") "\
28205 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28206 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28207
28208 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax (quote ftp)) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax (quote sep)) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax (quote url)) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28209 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28210 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28211
28212 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28213 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28214 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28215 updated after changing this variable.
28216
28217 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28218
28219 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
28220 Alist of completion handler functions.
28221 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28222 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28223 normal Emacs functions.")
28224
28225 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28226 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28227 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28228 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28229
28230 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28231 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28232 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28233 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28234
28235 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
28236 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28237 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28238
28239 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28240
28241 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28242 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28243 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28244
28245 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28246 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28247 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28248
28249 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28250 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delete a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28251 (add-hook
28252 'after-init-hook
28253 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28254
28255 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28256 Not documented
28257
28258 \(fn)" nil nil)
28259
28260 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28261 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28262
28263 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28264
28265 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28266 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28267
28268 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28269
28270 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28271 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28272
28273 \(fn)" t nil)
28274
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28278 ;;;;;; (18104 24760))
28279 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28280
28281 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28282 Not documented
28283
28284 \(fn)" nil nil)
28285
28286 ;;;***
28287 \f
28288 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18104
28289 ;;;;;; 24740))
28290 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28291
28292 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28293 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28294 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28295 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28296 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28297 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28298 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28299 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28300
28301 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28302 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28303 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28304
28305 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28306 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28307 resumed later.
28308
28309 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28310
28311 ;;;***
28312 \f
28313 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28314 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18104 24773))
28315 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28316 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28317 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28318 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28319
28320 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28321 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28322 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28323 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28324 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28325 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28326 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28327
28328 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28329
28330 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28331 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28332 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28333 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28334
28335 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28336
28337 \(fn)" t nil)
28338
28339 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28340 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28341 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28342 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28343 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28344 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28345 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28346
28347 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28348 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28349
28350 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28351 \\___/\\
28352 / \\
28353 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28354
28355 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28356
28357 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28358
28359 ;;;***
28360 \f
28361 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28362 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28363 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28364 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28365 ;;;;;; (18104 24740))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28367
28368 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28369 Toggle typing break mode.
28370 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28372 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28373
28374 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28375
28376 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28377 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28378
28379 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28380
28381 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28382 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28383
28384 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28385 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28386 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28387
28388 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28389 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28390
28391 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28392
28393 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28394 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28395
28396 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28397 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28398 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28399 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28400
28401 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28402
28403 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28404 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28405 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28406
28407 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28408 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28409 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28410 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28411 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28412 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28413
28414 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28415 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28416 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28417 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28418
28419 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28420 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28421
28422 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28423 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28424
28425 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28426
28427 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28428 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28429 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28430
28431 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28432 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28433 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28434 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28435 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28436 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28437 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28438
28439 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28440 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28441
28442 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28443 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28444 reset the keystroke counter.
28445
28446 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28447 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28448 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28449 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28450
28451 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28452 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28453 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28454 `type-break-schedule' command.
28455
28456 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28457 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28458 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28459 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28460 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28461 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28462 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28463 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28464 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28465
28466 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28467 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28468 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28469 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28470 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28471
28472 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28473 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28474 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28475 approximate good values for this.
28476
28477 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28478 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28479
28480 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28481 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28482 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28483 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28484 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28485 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28486
28487 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28488 a typing break occur. They include:
28489
28490 `type-break-query-mode'
28491 `type-break-query-function'
28492 `type-break-query-interval'
28493
28494 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28495
28496 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28497 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28498 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28499 problems.
28500
28501 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28502
28503 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28504 Take a typing break.
28505
28506 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28507 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28508
28509 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28510 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28511
28512 \(fn)" t nil)
28513
28514 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28515 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28516 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28517 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28518
28519 \(fn)" t nil)
28520
28521 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28522 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28523
28524 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28525 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28526 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28527 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28528 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28529 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28530 average typing speed.)
28531
28532 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28533 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28534 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28535 the computed maximum threshold.
28536
28537 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28538 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28539 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28540 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28541 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28542
28543 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28544
28545 ;;;***
28546 \f
28547 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28548 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18104 24773))
28549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28550
28551 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28552 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28553 Works by overstriking underscores.
28554 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28555 which specify the range to operate on.
28556
28557 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28558
28559 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28560 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28561 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28562 which specify the range to operate on.
28563
28564 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28565
28566 ;;;***
28567 \f
28568 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28569 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18104 24758))
28570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28571
28572 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28573 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28574 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28575
28576 \(fn)" t nil)
28577
28578 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28579 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28580 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28581 following the containing message.
28582
28583 \(fn)" t nil)
28584
28585 ;;;***
28586 \f
28587 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28588 ;;;;;; (18104 24758))
28589 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28590
28591 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28592 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28593 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28594 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28595 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28596 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28597
28598 \(fn)" nil nil)
28599
28600 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28601 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28602
28603 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28604
28605 ;;;***
28606 \f
28607 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18104
28608 ;;;;;; 24748))
28609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28610
28611 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28612 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28613 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28614 of symbols with local bindings.
28615
28616 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28617
28618 ;;;***
28619 \f
28620 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28621 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18104 24773))
28622 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28623
28624 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28625 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28626 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28627
28628 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28629 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28630 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28631 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28632 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28633 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28634
28635 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28636 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28637 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28638
28639 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28640 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28641 the callback is not called).
28642
28643 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28644 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28645 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28646 take effect.
28647
28648 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28649
28650 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28651 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28652 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28653 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28654 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28655
28656 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28657
28658 ;;;***
28659 \f
28660 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28661 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18104 24773))
28662 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28663
28664 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28665 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28666 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28667
28668 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28669 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28670 `url-generic-parse-url'
28671 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28672 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28673 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28674 realm
28675 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28676 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28677 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28678 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28679 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28680 what type of auth to use
28681 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28682 if one cannot be found in the cache
28683
28684 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28685
28686 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28687 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28688
28689 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28690 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28691 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28692 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28693 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28694 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28695 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28696 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28697
28698 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28699
28700 ;;;***
28701 \f
28702 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28703 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18104
28704 ;;;;;; 24773))
28705 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28706
28707 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28708 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28709
28710 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28711
28712 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28713 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28714
28715 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28716
28717 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28718 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28719
28720 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28721
28722 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28723 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28724
28725 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28726
28727 ;;;***
28728 \f
28729 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18104 24773))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28731
28732 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28733 Not documented
28734
28735 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28736
28737 ;;;***
28738 \f
28739 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28740 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18104 24773))
28741 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28742
28743 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28744 Not documented
28745
28746 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28747
28748 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28749 Not documented
28750
28751 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28752
28753 ;;;***
28754 \f
28755 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18104
28756 ;;;;;; 24773))
28757 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28758
28759 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28760 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28761
28762 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28763
28764 ;;;***
28765 \f
28766 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28767 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18104 24773))
28768 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28769
28770 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28771 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28772
28773 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28774
28775 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28776 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28777 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28778 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28779 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28780
28781 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28782
28783 ;;;***
28784 \f
28785 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28786 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (18104
28787 ;;;;;; 24773))
28788 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28789
28790 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28791 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28792 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28793 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28794 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28795 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28796
28797 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28798
28799 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28800 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28801
28802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28803
28804 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28805 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28806 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28807 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28808 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28809 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28810 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28811 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28812 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28813
28814 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28815
28816 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28817 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28818 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28819 accessible.
28820
28821 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28822
28823 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28824 Not documented
28825
28826 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28827
28828 ;;;***
28829 \f
28830 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28831 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18104 24773))
28832 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28833
28834 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28835 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28836 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28837 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28838 CBARGS as the arguments.
28839
28840 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28841
28842 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28843 Not documented
28844
28845 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28846
28847 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28848
28849 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28850 Not documented
28851
28852 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28853
28854 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28855 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28856 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28857
28858 Property list members:
28859
28860 methods
28861 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28862 supports.
28863
28864 dav
28865 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28866 supported.
28867
28868 dasl
28869 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28870
28871 ranges
28872 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28873
28874 p3p
28875 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28876 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28877 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28878 Emacs/W3.
28879
28880 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28881
28882 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28883 Default HTTPS port.")
28884
28885 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28886 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28887
28888 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28889 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28890 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28891 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28892 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28893
28894 ;;;***
28895 \f
28896 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18104 24773))
28897 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28898
28899 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28900 Not documented
28901
28902 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28903
28904 ;;;***
28905 \f
28906 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18104
28907 ;;;;;; 24773))
28908 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28909
28910 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28911 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28912 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28913 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28914 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28915
28916 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28917
28918 ;;;***
28919 \f
28920 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28921 ;;;;;; (18104 24773))
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28923
28924 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28925 Not documented
28926
28927 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28928
28929 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28930 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28931
28932 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28933
28934 ;;;***
28935 \f
28936 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28937 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18104 24773))
28938 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28939
28940 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28941 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28942
28943 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28944
28945 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28946 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28947
28948 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28949
28950 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28951 Not documented
28952
28953 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28954
28955 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28956
28957 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28958
28959 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28960
28961 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28962 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28963
28964 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28965
28966 ;;;***
28967 \f
28968 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28969 ;;;;;; (18104 24773))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28971
28972 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28973 Not documented
28974
28975 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28976
28977 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28978 Not documented
28979
28980 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28981
28982 ;;;***
28983 \f
28984 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28985 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28986 ;;;;;; (18104 24773))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28988
28989 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28990 Not documented
28991
28992 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28993
28994 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28995 Not documented
28996
28997 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28998
28999 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
29000 Not documented
29001
29002 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29003
29004 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
29005 Not documented
29006
29007 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29008
29009 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
29010 Not documented
29011
29012 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29013
29014 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
29015 Not documented
29016
29017 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29018
29019 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
29020 Not documented
29021
29022 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29023
29024 ;;;***
29025 \f
29026 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29027 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18104 24773))
29028 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29029
29030 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
29031 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29032
29033 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29034
29035 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
29036 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29037 Format is:
29038 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29039
29040 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29041
29042 ;;;***
29043 \f
29044 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29045 ;;;;;; (18104 24773))
29046 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29047
29048 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
29049 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29050
29051 \(fn)" t nil)
29052
29053 ;;;***
29054 \f
29055 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29056 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29057 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
29058 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
29059 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
29060 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
29061 ;;;;;; (18104 24773))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29063
29064 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29065 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29066 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29067
29068 If t, all messages will be logged.
29069 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29070 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29071
29072 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
29073
29074 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
29075 Not documented
29076
29077 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29078
29079 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
29080 Not documented
29081
29082 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29083
29084 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
29085 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29086 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29087 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29088 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29089 & ==> &amp;
29090 < ==> &lt;
29091 > ==> &gt;
29092 \" ==> &quot;
29093
29094 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29095
29096 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
29097 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29098 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29099
29100 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29101
29102 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
29103 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29104 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29105
29106 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29107
29108 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29109 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29110
29111 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29112
29113 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29114 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29115
29116 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29117
29118 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29119 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29120
29121 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29124 Not documented
29125
29126 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29127
29128 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29129 Not documented
29130
29131 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29132
29133 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29134 Not documented
29135
29136 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29137
29138 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29139 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29140
29141 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29142
29143 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29144 Not documented
29145
29146 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29147
29148 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29149 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29150 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29151 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29152 forbidden in URL encoding.
29153
29154 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29155
29156 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29157 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29158 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29159 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29160 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29161 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29162
29163 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29164
29165 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29166 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29167 If optional variable X is t,
29168 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29169
29170 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29171
29172 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29173 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29174 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29175
29176 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29177
29178 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29179 View the current document's URL.
29180 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29181 the minibuffer.
29182
29183 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29184
29185 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29186
29187 ;;;***
29188 \f
29189 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29190 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18104 24740))
29191 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29192
29193 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29194 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29195 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29196 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29197 to refrain from editing the file
29198 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29199 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29200 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29201 in any way you like.
29202
29203 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29204
29205 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29206 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29207 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29208 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29209 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29210
29211 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29212 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29213
29214 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29215
29216 ;;;***
29217 \f
29218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18104 24757))
29219 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29220 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29221
29222 ;;;***
29223 \f
29224 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29225 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29226 ;;;;;; (18104 24755))
29227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29228
29229 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29230 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29231 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29232 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29233
29234 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29235
29236 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29237 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29238 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29239
29240 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29241
29242 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29243 Uudecode region between START and END.
29244 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29245
29246 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29247
29248 ;;;***
29249 \f
29250 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29251 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-rollback vc-update
29252 ;;;;;; vc-revert vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29253 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-revision-other-window
29254 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29255 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29256 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18104 24741))
29257 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29258
29259 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29260 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29261 See `run-hooks'.")
29262
29263 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29264
29265 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29266 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29267 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29268
29269 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29270
29271 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29272 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29273 See `run-hooks'.")
29274
29275 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29276
29277 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29278 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29279
29280 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29281
29282 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29283 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29284
29285 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29286
29287 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29288 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29289 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29290 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29291 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29292 somebody else, signal error.
29293
29294 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29295
29296 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29297 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29298 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29299 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29300 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29301
29302 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29303
29304 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29305 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29306 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29307 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29308 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29309 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29310 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29311 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29312 ignore all execution errors). FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file;
29313 it may be a list of files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect
29314 a file name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29315 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29316
29317 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29318
29319 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29320 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29321
29322 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29323 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29324
29325 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29326 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29327 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29328 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29329 lock steals will raise an error.
29330
29331 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29332
29333 For RCS and SCCS files:
29334 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29335 control.
29336 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29337 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29338 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29339 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29340 it performs a revert.
29341 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29342 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29343 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29344 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29345 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29346 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29347 the option to steal the lock.
29348
29349 For CVS files:
29350 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29351 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29352 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29353 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29354 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29355 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29356 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29357 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29358 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29359
29360 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29361
29362 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29363 Register the current file into a version control system.
29364 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29365 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29366
29367 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29368 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29369 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29370 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29371 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29372 first backend that could register the file is used.
29373
29374 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29375
29376 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29377 Display diffs between file versions.
29378 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29379 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29380 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29381 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29382 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29383 saving the buffer.
29384
29385 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29386
29387 (autoload (quote vc-revision-other-window) "vc" "\
29388 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29389 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29390 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29391
29392 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29393
29394 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29395 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29396 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29397 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29398
29399 \(fn)" t nil)
29400
29401 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29402 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29403 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29404 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29405 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29406 from the current branch.
29407
29408 See Info node `Merging'.
29409
29410 \(fn)" t nil)
29411
29412 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29413
29414 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29415 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29416
29417 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29418
29419 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29420 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29421
29422 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29423
29424 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29425 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29426 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29427 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29428 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29429 are checked out in that new branch.
29430
29431 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29432
29433 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29434 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29435 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29436 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29437 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29438 allowed and simply skipped).
29439
29440 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29441
29442 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29443 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29444 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29445
29446 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29447
29448 (autoload (quote vc-revert) "vc" "\
29449 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29450 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29451 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29452 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29453
29454 \(fn)" t nil)
29455
29456 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29457 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29458 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29459 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29460 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29461 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29462
29463 \(fn)" t nil)
29464
29465 (autoload (quote vc-rollback) "vc" "\
29466 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29467
29468 \(fn)" t nil)
29469
29470 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29471 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29472 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29473 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29474 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29475 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29476 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29477
29478 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29479
29480 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29481 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29482 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29483 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29484 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29485 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29486 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29487 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29488 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29489
29490 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29491
29492 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29493 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29494
29495 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29496
29497 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29498 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29499 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29500 directory.
29501
29502 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29503
29504 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29505 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29506 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29507
29508 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29509 log entries should be gathered.
29510
29511 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29512
29513 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29514 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29515
29516 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29517 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29518 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29519 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29520 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29521 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29522
29523 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29524 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29525 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29526 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29527 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29528 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29529 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29530 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29531
29532 Customization variables:
29533
29534 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29535 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29536 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29537 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29538
29539 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29540
29541 ;;;***
29542 \f
29543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18104 24740))
29544 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29545 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29546 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29547 (progn
29548 (load "vc-arch")
29549 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29550
29551 ;;;***
29552 \f
29553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18104 24740))
29554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29555
29556 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr")
29557 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29558 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-dirname)
29559 (progn
29560 (load "vc-bzr")
29561 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29562
29563 ;;;***
29564 \f
29565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18104 24740))
29566 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29567 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29568 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29569 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29570 (load "vc-cvs")
29571 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29572
29573 ;;;***
29574 \f
29575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18104 24740))
29576 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29577 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29578 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29579 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29580 (progn
29581 (load "vc-git")
29582 (vc-git-registered file))))
29583
29584 ;;;***
29585 \f
29586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18104 24740))
29587 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29588 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29589 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29590 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29591 (progn
29592 (load "vc-hg")
29593 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29594
29595 ;;;***
29596 \f
29597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18104 24741))
29598 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29599 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29600 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29601 (progn
29602 (load "vc-mcvs")
29603 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29604
29605 ;;;***
29606 \f
29607 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29608 ;;;;;; (18104 24741))
29609 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29610
29611 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29612 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29613 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29614
29615 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29616 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29617
29618 ;;;***
29619 \f
29620 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29621 ;;;;;; (18104 24741))
29622 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29623
29624 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29625 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29626 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29627
29628 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29629 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29630
29631 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29632 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29633 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29634 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29635
29636 ;;;***
29637 \f
29638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18104 24741))
29639 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29640 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29641 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29642 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29643 "_svn")
29644 (t ".svn"))))
29645 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29646 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29647 (file-name-directory f)))
29648 (load "vc-svn")
29649 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29650
29651 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29652
29653 ;;;***
29654 \f
29655 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29656 ;;;;;; (18104 24769))
29657 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29658 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29659
29660 (autoload (quote vera-mode) "vera-mode" "\
29661 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29662
29663 Usage:
29664 ------
29665
29666 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29667 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29668 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29669 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29670
29671 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29672 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29673 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29674 completions.
29675
29676 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29677 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29678
29679 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29680 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29681
29682 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29683 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29684 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29685
29686 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29687
29688
29689 Maintenance:
29690 ------------
29691
29692 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29693 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29694
29695 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29696
29697 Official distribution is at
29698 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29699
29700
29701 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29702 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29703
29704 Key bindings:
29705 -------------
29706
29707 \\{vera-mode-map}
29708
29709 \(fn)" t nil)
29710
29711 ;;;***
29712 \f
29713 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29714 ;;;;;; (18104 24769))
29715 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29716
29717 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29718 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29719
29720 Usage:
29721 ------
29722
29723 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29724 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29725 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29726 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29727 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29728 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29729 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29730 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29731 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29732
29733 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29734 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29735 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29736 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29737
29738 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29739 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29740 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29741 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29742 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29743
29744 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29745 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29746
29747
29748 HEADER INSERTION:
29749 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29750 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29751 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29752
29753
29754 STUTTERING:
29755 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29756 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29757 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29758 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29759
29760 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29761 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29762 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29763 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29764 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29765
29766
29767 WORD COMPLETION:
29768 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29769 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29770 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29771 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29772
29773 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29774 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29775 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29776 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29777 beginning with \"std\").
29778
29779 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29780 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29781 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29782 stop.
29783
29784
29785 COMMENTS:
29786 `--' puts a single comment.
29787 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29788 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29789 with a comment in between.
29790 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29791 out following lines.
29792 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29793 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29794
29795 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29796 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29797 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29798 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29799 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29800 non-nil.
29801
29802 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29803 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29804 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29805 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29806 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29807 multi-line comments.
29808
29809
29810 INDENTATION:
29811 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29812 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29813 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29814 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29815
29816 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29817 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29818 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29819 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29820
29821 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29822 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29823 and vice versa.
29824
29825 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29826 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29827
29828
29829 ALIGNMENT:
29830 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29831 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29832 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29833 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29834 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29835 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29836 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29837 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29838
29839 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29840 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29841 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29842 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29843 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29844 is non-nil.
29845
29846 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29847 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29848 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29849
29850 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29851 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29852
29853
29854 CODE FILLING:
29855 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29856 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29857 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29858 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29859 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29860 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29861
29862
29863 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29864 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29865 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29866 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29867 command:
29868
29869 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29870
29871
29872 PORT TRANSLATION:
29873 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29874 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29875 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29876 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29877 internal signal initializations (menu).
29878
29879 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29880 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29881 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29882
29883 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29884 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29885 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29886 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29887 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29888 in subsequent paste operations.)
29889
29890 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29891 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29892 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29893
29894
29895 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29896 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29897 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29898 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29899 association list with formals).
29900
29901
29902 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29903 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29904 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29905 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29906 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29907 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29908 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29909 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29910 `vhdl-testbench'.
29911
29912
29913 KEY BINDINGS:
29914 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29915
29916
29917 VHDL MENU:
29918 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29919
29920
29921 FILE BROWSER:
29922 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29923 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29924 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29925
29926 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29927 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29928
29929
29930 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29931 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29932 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29933 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29934
29935 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29936 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29937 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29938
29939 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29940 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29941 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29942 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29943
29944 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29945 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29946 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29947 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29948 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29949
29950 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29951 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29952 required by secondary units.
29953
29954
29955 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29956 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29957 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29958 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29959 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29960 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29961 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29962 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29963 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29964 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29965 inputs to this component -> input port created
29966 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29967 outputs from this component -> output port created
29968 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29969 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29970
29971 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29972 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29973 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29974 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29975 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29976
29977 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29978 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29979
29980 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29981 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29982 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29983 component instantiation is also supported (option
29984 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29985
29986 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29987 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29988 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29989 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29990 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29991 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29992 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29993 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29994 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29995 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29996 | generating the configuration.
29997 |
29998 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29999 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30000 | configurations in speedbar.
30001
30002 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30003
30004
30005 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30006 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30007 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30008 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30009 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30010 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30011 information. New compilers can be added.
30012
30013 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30014 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30015
30016
30017 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30018 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30019 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30020 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30021 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30022
30023 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30024 command:
30025
30026 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30027 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30028 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30029
30030 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30031 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30032 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30033 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30034 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30035 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30036 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30037
30038 Limitations:
30039 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30040 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30041 not (yet) supported.
30042 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30043 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30044 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30045
30046
30047 PROJECTS:
30048 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30049 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30050 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30051 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30052 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30053 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30054 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30055 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30056
30057 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30058 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30059 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30060 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30061 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30062 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30063 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30064 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30065 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30066 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30067 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30068
30069
30070 SPECIAL MENUES:
30071 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30072 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30073 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30074 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30075 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30076 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30077 current directory for VHDL source files.
30078
30079
30080 VHDL STANDARDS:
30081 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30082 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30083
30084
30085 KEYWORD CASE:
30086 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30087 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30088 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30089 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30090 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30091 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30092 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30093 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30094
30095
30096 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30097 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30098 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30099 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30100 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30101 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30102 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30103
30104 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30105 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30106 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30107 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30108 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30109 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30110
30111 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30112 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30113 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30114 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30115 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30116 visually.
30117
30118 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30119 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30120 highlighted if written in lower case.
30121
30122 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30123 highlighted using a different background color if option
30124 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30125
30126 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30127 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30128 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30129 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30130 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30131
30132
30133 USER MODELS:
30134 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30135 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30136 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30137
30138
30139 HIDE/SHOW:
30140 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30141 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30142 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30143 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30144 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30145
30146
30147 CODE UPDATING:
30148 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30149 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30150 Limitations:
30151 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30152 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30153 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30154 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30155 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30156 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30157 (used to obtain the port names).
30158
30159
30160 CODE FIXING:
30161 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30162 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30163
30164
30165 PRINTING:
30166 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30167 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30168 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30169 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30170 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30171 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30172 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30173 printers.
30174
30175
30176 OPTIONS:
30177 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30178 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30179 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30180 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30181 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30182
30183 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30184 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30185 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30186 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30187 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30188 INSTALL file).
30189
30190 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30191 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30192
30193
30194 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30195 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30196 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30197 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30198
30199 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30200
30201
30202 HINTS:
30203 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30204 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30205
30206 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30207
30208 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30209
30210 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30211
30212
30213 RELEASE NOTES:
30214 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30215
30216
30217 Maintenance:
30218 ------------
30219
30220 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30221 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30222
30223 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30224
30225 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30226 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30227 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30228 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30229
30230 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30231 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30232 where the latest version can be found.
30233
30234
30235 Known problems:
30236 ---------------
30237
30238 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30239 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30240 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30241
30242
30243 The VHDL Mode Authors
30244 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30245
30246 Key bindings:
30247 -------------
30248
30249 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30250
30251 \(fn)" t nil)
30252
30253 ;;;***
30254 \f
30255 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17821 5856))
30256 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30257
30258 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30259 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30260 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30261 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30262
30263 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30264 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30265 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30266 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30267 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30268
30269 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30270 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30271
30272 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30273
30274 * Limitations and unsupported features
30275 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30276 not supported.
30277 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30278 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30279
30280 * Modifications
30281 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30282 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30283 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30284 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30285 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30286 for undoing a repeated change command.
30287 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30288 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30289 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30290
30291 * Extensions
30292 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30293 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30294 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30295 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30296 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30297 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30298 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30299 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30300
30301 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30302
30303 \(fn)" t nil)
30304
30305 ;;;***
30306 \f
30307 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30308 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30309 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30310 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18104 24758))
30311 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30312
30313 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30314 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30315
30316 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30317
30318 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30319 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30320 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30321 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30322
30323 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30324
30325 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30326 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30327
30328 \(fn)" t nil)
30329
30330 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30331 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30332 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30333 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30334
30335 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30336
30337 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30338 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30339
30340 \(fn)" t nil)
30341
30342 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30343 Not documented
30344
30345 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30346
30347 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30348 Not documented
30349
30350 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30351
30352 ;;;***
30353 \f
30354 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30355 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30356 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18104
30357 ;;;;;; 24741))
30358 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30359
30360 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30361 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30362 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30363 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30364
30365 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30366
30367 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30368 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30369 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30370 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30371 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30372 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30373 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30374
30375 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30376
30377 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30378
30379 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30380 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30381 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30382 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30383 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30384 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30385 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30386 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30387
30388 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30389
30390 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30391
30392 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30393 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30394 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30395 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30396 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30397 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30398 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30399 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30400
30401 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30402
30403 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30404
30405 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30406 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30407 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30408 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30409 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30410 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30411 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30412
30413 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30414
30415 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30416 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30417 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30418
30419 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30420
30421 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30422 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30423 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30424 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30425 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30426 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30427 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30428 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30429
30430 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30431
30432 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30433 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30434 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30435
30436 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30437
30438 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30439 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30440 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30441 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30442 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30443 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30444 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30445 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30446
30447 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30448
30449 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30450 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30451 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30452
30453 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30454
30455 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30456 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30457 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30458
30459 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30460 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30461 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30462 read-only.
30463 \\<view-mode-map>
30464 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30465 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30466 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30467 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30468 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30469
30470 H, h, ? This message.
30471 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30472 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30473 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30474 > move to the end of buffer.
30475 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30476 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30477 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30478 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30479 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30480 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30481 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30482 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30483 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30484 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30485 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30486 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30487 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30488 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30489 Use this to view a changing file.
30490 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30491 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30492 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30493 . set the mark.
30494 x exchanges point and mark.
30495 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30496 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30497 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30498 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30499 ' go to position saved in character register.
30500 s do forward incremental search.
30501 r do reverse incremental search.
30502 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30503 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30504 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30505 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30506 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30507 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30508 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30509 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30510 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30511 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30512 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30513 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30514 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30515 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30516 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30517 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30518 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30519
30520 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30521 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30522 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30523 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30524 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30525 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30526 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30527 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30528 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30529
30530 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30531
30532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30533
30534 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30535 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30536 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30537 `view-return-to-alist'.
30538 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30539 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30540 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30541
30542 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30543 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30544 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30545 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30546 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30547 1) nil Do nothing.
30548 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30549 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30550 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30551 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30552
30553 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30554
30555 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30556
30557 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30558
30559 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30560 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30561
30562 \(fn)" t nil)
30563
30564 ;;;***
30565 \f
30566 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18104
30567 ;;;;;; 24748))
30568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30569
30570 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30571 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30572
30573 \(fn)" nil nil)
30574
30575 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30576 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30577
30578 \(fn)" t nil)
30579
30580 ;;;***
30581 \f
30582 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30583 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
30584 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30585
30586 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30587 Toggle Viper on/off.
30588 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30589
30590 \(fn)" t nil)
30591
30592 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30593 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30594
30595 \(fn)" t nil)
30596
30597 ;;;***
30598 \f
30599 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30600 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
30601 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30602
30603 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30604 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30605 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30606 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30607 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30608 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30609 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30610 the beginning of the warning.")
30611
30612 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30613 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30614 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30615 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30616 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30617 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30618 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30619 also call that function before the next warning.")
30620
30621 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30622 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30623
30624 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30625 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30626 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30627 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30628
30629 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30630 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30631 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30632 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30633 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30634 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30635
30636 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30637 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30638 Default is :warning.
30639
30640 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30641 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30642 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30643 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30644 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30645 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30646
30647 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30648 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30649 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30650
30651 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30652
30653 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30654 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30655
30656 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30657
30658 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30659 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30660 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30661 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30662
30663 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30664 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30665 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30666 can be whatever you like.)
30667
30668 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30669 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30670
30671 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30672 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30673 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30674 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30675 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30676
30677 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30678
30679 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30680 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30681 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30682 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30683 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30684
30685 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30686
30687 ;;;***
30688 \f
30689 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30690 ;;;;;; (18104 24742))
30691 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30692
30693 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30694 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30695 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30696 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30697 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30698 in disk.
30699
30700 See `wdired-mode'.
30701
30702 \(fn)" t nil)
30703
30704 ;;;***
30705 \f
30706 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18104 24760))
30707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30708
30709 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30710 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30711
30712 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30713 hotlist.
30714
30715 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30716 <nwv@acm.org>.
30717
30718 \(fn)" t nil)
30719
30720 ;;;***
30721 \f
30722 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30723 ;;;;;; (18104 24769))
30724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30725 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30726 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30727
30728 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30729
30730 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30731 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30732 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30734 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30735 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30736
30737 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30738
30739 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30740 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30741 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30742 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30743
30744 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30745 and off otherwise.
30746
30747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30748
30749 ;;;***
30750 \f
30751 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30752 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30753 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30754 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30755 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30756 ;;;;;; (18104 24742))
30757 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30758
30759 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30760 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30761
30762 \(fn)" t nil)
30763
30764 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30765 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30766
30767 \(fn)" t nil)
30768
30769 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30770 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30771
30772 \(fn)" t nil)
30773
30774 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30775 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30776
30777 \(fn)" t nil)
30778
30779 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30780 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30781
30782 \(fn)" t nil)
30783
30784 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30785 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30786 These are:
30787 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30788 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30789 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30790 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30791 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30792
30793 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30794 and:
30795 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30796 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30797
30798 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30799
30800 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30801 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30802
30803 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30804
30805 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30806 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30807 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30808 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30809 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30810
30811 \(fn)" t nil)
30812
30813 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30814 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30815
30816 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30817
30818 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30819
30820 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30821 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30822 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30825 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30826
30827 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30828
30829 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30830 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30831 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30832
30833 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30834 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30835
30836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30837
30838 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30839 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30840 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30841
30842 \(fn)" t nil)
30843
30844 ;;;***
30845 \f
30846 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30847 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18104 24742))
30848 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30849
30850 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30851 Browse the widget under point.
30852
30853 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30854
30855 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30856 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30857
30858 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30859
30860 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30861 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30862
30863 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30864
30865 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30866 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30867 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30868
30869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30870
30871 ;;;***
30872 \f
30873 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30874 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18104
30875 ;;;;;; 24742))
30876 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30877
30878 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30879 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30880
30881 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30882
30883 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30884 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30885 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30886
30887 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30888
30889 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30890 Create widget of TYPE.
30891 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30892
30893 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30894
30895 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30896 Delete WIDGET.
30897
30898 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30899
30900 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30901 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30902
30903 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30904
30905 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30906
30907 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30908 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30909 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30910
30911 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30912 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30913
30914 \(fn)" nil nil)
30915
30916 ;;;***
30917 \f
30918 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30919 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18104
30920 ;;;;;; 24742))
30921 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30922
30923 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30924 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30925 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30926 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30927 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30928 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30929 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30930
30931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30932
30933 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30934 Select the window above the current one.
30935 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30936 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30937 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30938 negative ARG) of the current window.
30939 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30940
30941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30942
30943 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30944 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30945 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30946 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30947 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30948 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30949 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30950
30951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30952
30953 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30954 Select the window below the current one.
30955 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30956 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30957 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30958 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30959 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30960
30961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30962
30963 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30964 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30965 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30966 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30967
30968 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30969
30970 ;;;***
30971 \f
30972 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30973 ;;;;;; (18104 24743))
30974 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30975
30976 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30977 Toggle Winner mode.
30978 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30979 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30980
30981 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30982
30983 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30984 Toggle Winner mode.
30985 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30986
30987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30988
30989 ;;;***
30990 \f
30991 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30992 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18104 24743))
30993 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30994
30995 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30996 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30997 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30998 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30999 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31000 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31001 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31002 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31003
31004 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31005 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31006
31007 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31008
31009 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
31010 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31011
31012 \(fn)" t nil)
31013
31014 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
31015 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31016 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31017 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31018 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31019 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31020 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31021 `woman' command for further details.
31022
31023 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31024
31025 ;;;***
31026 \f
31027 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31028 ;;;;;; (18104 24748))
31029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31030
31031 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
31032 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31033
31034 BUGS:
31035 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31036 are not implemented
31037 - Options for search and replace
31038 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31039 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31040
31041 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31042 Emacs-like.
31043
31044 The key bindings are:
31045
31046 C-a backward-word
31047 C-b fill-paragraph
31048 C-c scroll-up-line
31049 C-d forward-char
31050 C-e previous-line
31051 C-f forward-word
31052 C-g delete-char
31053 C-h backward-char
31054 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31055 C-j help-for-help
31056 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31057 C-l ws-repeat-search
31058 C-n open-line
31059 C-p quoted-insert
31060 C-r scroll-down-line
31061 C-s backward-char
31062 C-t kill-word
31063 C-u keyboard-quit
31064 C-v overwrite-mode
31065 C-w scroll-down
31066 C-x next-line
31067 C-y kill-complete-line
31068 C-z scroll-up
31069
31070 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31071 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31072 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31073 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31074 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31075 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31076 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31077 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31078 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31079 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31080 C-k b ws-begin-block
31081 C-k c ws-copy-block
31082 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31083 C-k f find-file
31084 C-k h ws-show-markers
31085 C-k i ws-indent-block
31086 C-k k ws-end-block
31087 C-k p ws-print-block
31088 C-k q kill-emacs
31089 C-k r insert-file
31090 C-k s save-some-buffers
31091 C-k t ws-mark-word
31092 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31093 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31094 C-k v ws-move-block
31095 C-k w ws-write-block
31096 C-k x kill-emacs
31097 C-k y ws-delete-block
31098
31099 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31100 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31101 C-o j justify-current-line
31102 C-o k kill-buffer
31103 C-o l list-buffers
31104 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31105 C-o r set-fill-column
31106 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31107 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31108 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31109 C-o wo other-window
31110 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31111
31112 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31113 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31114 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31115 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31116 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31117 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31118 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31119 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31120 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31121 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31122 C-q a ws-query-replace
31123 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31124 C-q c end-of-buffer
31125 C-q d end-of-line
31126 C-q f ws-search
31127 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31128 C-q l ws-undo
31129 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31130 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31131 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31132 C-q w ws-last-error
31133 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31134 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31135
31136 \(fn)" t nil)
31137
31138 ;;;***
31139 \f
31140 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31141 ;;;;;; (18104 24743))
31142 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31143
31144 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
31145 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31146 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31147 Returns the top node with all its children.
31148 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31149 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31150
31151 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31152
31153 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31154 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31155 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31156 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31157 is not well-formed XML.
31158 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31159 and returned as the first element of the list.
31160 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31161
31162 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31163
31164 ;;;***
31165 \f
31166 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18104
31167 ;;;;;; 24743))
31168 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31169
31170 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31171 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31172 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31173 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31174 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31175 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31176
31177 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
31178
31179 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31180 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31181 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
31182
31183 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31184 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31185 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31186 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31187 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31188 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31189
31190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31191
31192 ;;;***
31193 \f
31194 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31195 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18104 24756))
31196 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31197
31198 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31199 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31200
31201 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31202
31203 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31204 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31205
31206 \(fn)" nil nil)
31207
31208 ;;;***
31209 \f
31210 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31211 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18104 24762))
31212 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31213
31214 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31215 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31216
31217 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31218
31219 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31220 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31221
31222 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31223
31224 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31225 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31226 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31227
31228 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31229
31230 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31231 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31232
31233 \(fn)" t nil)
31234
31235 ;;;***
31236 \f
31237 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18104 24762))
31238 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31239
31240 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31241 Zone out, completely.
31242
31243 \(fn)" t nil)
31244
31245 ;;;***
31246 \f
31247 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31248 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31249 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31250 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31251 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31252 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31253 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31254 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31255 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31256 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31257 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31258 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31259 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31260 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31261 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31262 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31263 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31264 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31265 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31266 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31267 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31268 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31269 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31270 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31271 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31272 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31273 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31274 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31275 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31276 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31277 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31278 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31279 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31280 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31281 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31282 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31283 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31284 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31285 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31286 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31287 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31288 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31289 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31290 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31291 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31292 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31293 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31294 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
31295 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
31296 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31297 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31298 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31299 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31300 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31301 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31302 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31303 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31304 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31305 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31306 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31307 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31308 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31309 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31310 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31311 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31312 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31313 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31314 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31315 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31316 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31317 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31318 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31319 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31320 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31321 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31322 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31323 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31324 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31325 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31326 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31327 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31328 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31329 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31330 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31331 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31332 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31333 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31334 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31335 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31336 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31337 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31338 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31339 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31340 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31341 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31342 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31343 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31344 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el"
31345 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31346 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31347 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31348 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31349 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31350 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31351 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-fish.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
31352 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el"
31353 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
31354 ;;;;;; "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31355 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31356 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31357 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31358 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31359 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31360 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31361 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31362 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31363 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
31364 ;;;;;; "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el"
31365 ;;;;;; "select.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
31366 ;;;;;; "termdev.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
31367 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31368 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31369 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31370 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31371 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31372 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31373 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31374 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31375 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31376 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31377 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18104 28510 272741))
31378
31379 ;;;***
31380 \f
31381 ;; Local Variables:
31382 ;; version-control: never
31383 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31384 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31385 ;; End:
31386 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here